10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

F O R M 1 0 – K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 Commission File Number 0-13396

CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Pennsylvania	25-1450605
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1 South Second Street

P.O. Box 42

Clearfield, Pennsylvania 16830

(Address of principal executive office)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (814) 765-9621

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, no par value per share	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
	(NASDAQ Global Select Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

¨  Yes  x  No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

¨  Yes  x  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x  Yes  ¨  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). x  Yes  ¨  No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ¨ Accelerated filer  x Non-accelerated filer  ¨ Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

¨  Yes  x  No

Aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2011:

$160,097,654

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of March 5, 2012:

12,419,245 shares

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the proxy statement for the annual shareholders’ meeting to be held on April 17, 2012 are incorporated by reference into Part III.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page Number
PART I.
ITEM 1.	Business		1
ITEM 1A.	Risk Factors		16
ITEM 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		27
ITEM 2.	Properties		27
ITEM 3.	Legal Proceedings		27
ITEM 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures		27
PART II.
ITEM 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		28
ITEM 6.	Selected Financial Data		30
ITEM 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		31
ITEM 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk		45
ITEM 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		47
ITEM 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		101
ITEM 9A.	Controls and Procedures		101
ITEM 9B.	Other Information		103
PART III.
ITEM 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		103
ITEM 11.	Executive Compensation		103
ITEM 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		103
ITEM 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		103
ITEM 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services		103
PART IV.
ITEM 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		104
SIGNATURES			106

PART I.

ITEM 1.   BUSINESS

CNB Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) is a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. It was incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in 1983 for the purpose of engaging in the business of a financial holding company. On April 26, 1984, the Corporation acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of County National Bank, a national banking chartered institution. In December 2006, County National Bank changed its name to CNB Bank, referred to herein as the Bank, and became a state bank chartered in Pennsylvania and subject to regulation by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

In addition to the Bank, the Corporation has four other subsidiaries. CNB Securities Corporation, is incorporated in Delaware and currently maintains investments in debt and equity securities. County Reinsurance Company is an Arizona corporation, and provides credit life and disability insurance for customers of CNB Bank. CNB Insurance Agency, incorporated in Pennsylvania, provides for the sale of nonproprietary annuities and other insurance products. Holiday Financial Services Corporation, incorporated in Pennsylvania, offers small balance unsecured loans and secured loans, primarily collateralized by automobiles and equipment, to borrowers with higher risk characteristics.

CNB Bank

The Bank was incorporated in 1934 and is chartered in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Bank has 27 full service branch offices and one loan production office located in various communities in its market area. The Bank’s primary market area consists of the Pennsylvania counties of Cambria, Cameron, Clearfield, Elk, Indiana, McKean and Warren. It also includes a portion of western Centre County including Philipsburg Borough, Rush Township and the western portions of Snow Shoe and Burnside Townships and a portion of Jefferson County, consisting of the boroughs of Brockway, Falls Creek, Punxsutawney, Reynoldsville and Sykesville, and the townships of Washington, Winslow and Henderson.

ERIEBANK, a division of CNB Bank, began operations in 2005 and provides financial services to individuals and businesses located within its market areas, which include the northwestern Pennsylvania county of Erie and the city of Meadville located in Crawford County. ERIEBANK currently has four full service branch offices in the city of Erie, Pennsylvania, and one full service branch office in the city of Meadville, Pennsylvania. In the first quarter of 2012, a CNB Bank branch office in Warren, Pennsylvania will be rebranded as ERIEBANK as a result of its geographic proximity to Erie.

The Bank is a full service bank engaging in a full range of banking activities and services for individual, business, governmental and institutional customers. These activities and services principally include checking, savings, and time deposit accounts; real estate, commercial, industrial, residential and consumer loans; and a variety of other specialized financial services. The Bank’s Wealth & Asset Management Services division offers a full range of client services.

Holiday Financial Services Corporation

In 2005, the Corporation entered the consumer discount loan and finance business, which is conducted through a wholly owned subsidiary, Holiday Financial Services Corporation. Holiday currently has

1

eight offices within the Corporation’s footprint. Management believes that it has made the necessary investments in experienced personnel and technology which has helped facilitate the growth of Holiday into a successful and profitable subsidiary.

Competition

The financial services industry in the Corporation’s service area continues to be extremely competitive, both among commercial banks and with other financial service providers such as consumer finance companies, thrifts, investment firms, mutual funds and credit unions. The increased competition has resulted from changes in the legal and regulatory guidelines as well as from economic conditions. Mortgage banking firms, leasing companies, financial affiliates of industrial companies, brokerage firms, retirement fund management firms, and even government agencies provide additional competition for loans and other financial services. Some of the financial service providers operating in the Corporation’s market area operate on a large-scale regional or national basis and possess resources greater than those of the Corporation. The Corporation is generally competitive with all competing financial institutions in its service area with respect to interest rates paid on time and savings deposits, service charges on deposit accounts and interest rates charged on loans.

Supervision and Regulation

The Corporation is a financial holding company and the Bank is a Pennsylvania state-chartered bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System. Accordingly, the Corporation is subject to the oversight of the Federal Reserve Board and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, and the Bank is subject to the oversight of applicable federal and state banking agencies, including the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Corporation and Bank are also subject to various requirements and restrictions under federal and state law, such as requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the types, amounts and terms and conditions of loans that may be granted, and limitation on the types of investments that may be made and the types of services that may be offered. Various consumer protection laws and regulations also affect the operation of the Bank and, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection is authorized to write rules on consumer financial products which could affect the operations of the Bank. In addition to the impact of regulation, commercial banks are affected significantly by the actions of the Federal Reserve Board, including actions taken with respect to interest rates, as the Federal Reserve Board attempts to control the money supply and credit availability in the U.S. in order to influence the economy.

The following summary sets forth certain of the material elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries and provides certain specific information about us and our subsidiaries. It does not describe all of the provisions of the statutes, regulations and policies that are identified. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by express reference to each of the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. A change in applicable statutes, regulations or regulatory policy may have a material effect on our business.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

As a bank holding company, the Corporation is subject to regulation and examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board. We are required to file with the

2

Federal Reserve Board an annual report and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), and applicable regulations. For instance, the BHC Act requires each bank holding company to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire substantially all the assets of any bank, or before it may acquire ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after such acquisition, it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than five percent of the voting shares of such bank. Such a transaction may also require approval of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. Pennsylvania law permits Pennsylvania bank holding companies to control an unlimited number of banks.

Pursuant to provisions of the BHC Act and regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board thereunder, the Corporation may only engage in, or own companies that engage in, activities deemed by the Federal Reserve Board to be permissible for bank holding companies or financial holding companies. Activities permissible for bank holding companies are those that are so closely related to the business of banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Permissible activities for financial holding companies include those “so closely related to banking” as well as certain additional activities deemed “financial in nature.” The Corporation must obtain permission from the Federal Reserve Board prior to engaging in most new business activities.

A bank holding company and its subsidiaries are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the BHC Act on any extensions of credit to the Bank, investments in the stock or securities thereof, and on the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. A bank holding company and its subsidiaries are also prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing of services.

Under Federal Reserve Board regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. In addition, it is the Federal Reserve Board’s policy that in serving as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks, a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve Board to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve Board regulations or both. This doctrine is commonly known as the “source of strength” doctrine.

The federal banking regulators have adopted risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies. Currently, the required minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (including off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) is 8%. At least half of the total capital is required to be Tier 1 capital, consisting principally of common shareholders’ equity, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of cumulative perpetual preferred stock and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill. The remainder (Tier 2 capital) may consist of a limited amount of subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock, certain hybrid capital instruments and other debt securities, perpetual preferred stock and a limited amount of the general loan loss allowance.

In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the federal banking regulators have established minimum leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to total assets) guidelines for bank holding companies. These guidelines

3

provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for those bank holding companies which have the highest regulatory examination ratings and are not contemplating or experiencing significant growth or expansion. All other bank holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4%.

Regulation of CNB Bank

CNB Bank is a Pennsylvania-chartered bank and is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the FDIC. Federal and state banking laws and regulations govern, among other things, the scope of a bank’s business, the investments a bank may make, the reserves against deposits a bank must maintain, the loans a bank makes and collateral it takes, the maximum interest rates a bank may pay on deposits, the activities of a bank with respect to mergers and consolidations, the establishment of branches, management practices, and numerous other aspects of banking operations.

Recent Legislation

The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted into law on July 21, 2010, includes numerous provisions designed to strengthen the financial industry, enhance consumer protection, expand disclosures and provide for transparency, and significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and affected and will continue to affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act also created a Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), which is authorized to write rules on all consumer financial products, and a Financial Services Oversight Council, which is empowered to determine which entities are systematically significant and require tougher regulations and is charged with reviewing, and when appropriate, submitting comments to the Securities and Exchange Commission and Financial Accounting Standards Board with respect to existing or proposed accounting principles, standards or procedures.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, and to prepare various studies and reports for Congress.

It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and the yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on the Corporation, including any regulations promulgated by the CFPB. The legislation and any implementing rules that are ultimately issued could have adverse implications on the financial industry, the competitive environment, and the Corporation’s ability to conduct business. The Corporation will have to apply resources to ensure that it is in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and any implementing rules, which may increase its costs of operations and adversely impact its earnings.

Dividend Restrictions

The Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. Declaration and payment of cash dividends depends upon cash dividend payments to the Corporation by the Bank, which is our primary source of revenue and cash flow. Accordingly, the right of the Corporation, and consequently the right of our creditors and shareholders, to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of any subsidiary is necessarily subject to the prior claims of creditors of the subsidiary, except to the extent that claims of the Corporation in its capacity as a creditor may be recognized.

As a Pennsylvania state-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to regulatory restrictions on the payment and amounts of dividends under the Pennsylvania Banking Code. Further, the ability of banking subsidiaries to pay dividends is also subject to their profitability, financial condition, capital expenditures and other cash flow requirements.

4

The payment of dividends by the Bank and the Corporation may also be affected by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital above regulatory guidelines. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. A depository institution may not pay any dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. Moreover, the federal agencies have issued policy statements that provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings. Federal banking regulators have the authority to prohibit banks and bank holding companies from paying a dividend if the regulators deem such payment to be an unsafe or unsound practice.

Capital Adequacy and Operations

Under applicable “prompt corrective action” (“PCA”) provisions, depository institutions are placed into one of five capital categories, ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” An institution that is not well capitalized is generally prohibited from accepting brokered deposits and offering interest rates on deposits higher than the prevailing rate in its market; in addition, “pass through” insurance coverage may not be available for certain employee benefit accounts. An undercapitalized depository institution must submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal bank regulatory agency. One requisite element of such a plan is that the institution’s parent holding company must guarantee compliance by the institution with the plan, subject to certain limitations. In the event of the parent holding company’s bankruptcy, the guarantee, and any other commitments that the parent holding company has made to federal bank regulators to maintain the capital of its depository institution subsidiaries, would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority in payment.

At December 31, 2011, the Bank qualified as “well capitalized” under applicable regulatory capital standards.

Community Reinvestment Act

Under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”), the FDIC is required to assess the record of all financial institutions regulated by it to determine if these institutions are meeting the credit needs of the community (including low and moderate income neighborhoods) which they serve. CRA performance evaluations are based on a four-tiered rating system: Outstanding, Satisfactory, Needs to Improve and Substantial Noncompliance. CRA performance evaluations are considered in evaluating applications for such things as mergers, acquisitions and applications to open branches. The Bank received a CRA rating of “Satisfactory” at its most current CRA exam.

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

The Bank and Corporation also are subject to the restrictions of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, and their implementing Regulation W, issued by the Federal Reserve Board. Section 23A requires that loans or extensions of credit to an affiliate, purchases of securities issued by an affiliate, purchases of assets from an affiliate (except as may be exempted by order or regulation), the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance of letters of credit on behalf of an affiliate (collectively, “Covered Transactions”) be on terms and conditions consistent with safe and sound banking practices. Section 23A also imposes quantitative restrictions on the amount of and collateralization requirements on such transactions. Section 23B

5

requires that all Covered Transactions and certain other transactions, including the sale of securities or other assets to an affiliate and the payment of money or the furnishing of services to an affiliate, be on terms comparable to those prevailing for similar transactions with non-affiliates.

The Bank and Corporation are also subject to Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, and their implementing Regulation O issued by the Federal Reserve Board. These provisions impose limitations on loans and extensions of credit from the bank to its executive officers, directors and principal shareholders and their related interests. The limitations restrict the terms and aggregate amount of such transactions. Regulation O also imposes certain recordkeeping and reporting requirements.

Deposit Insurance and Premiums

The deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits per insured depositor by the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act has permanently increased the standard maximum deposit insurance amount to $250,000 per depositor per insured depository institution, retroactive to January 1, 2008, and qualifying non-interest bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012.

The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution.

Other Federal Laws and Regulations

State usury and other credit laws limit the amount of interest and various other charges collected or contracted by a bank on loans. The Bank is also subject to lending limits on loans to one borrower and regulatory guidance on concentrations of credit. The Bank’s loans and other products and services are also subject to numerous federal and state laws, including, but not limited to, the following:

• Truth-In-Lending Act, which governs disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

• Truth-in-Savings Act, which governs disclosures of the terms of deposit accounts to consumers;

• Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to regulators to enable determinations as to whether financial institutions are fulfilling their obligations to meet the home lending needs of the communities they serve and not discriminating in their lending practices;

• Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, gender or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

• Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, which imposes requirements relating to real estate settlements, including requiring lenders to disclose certain information regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlement services;

• Fair Credit Reporting Act, covering numerous areas relating to certain types of consumer information and identity theft;

• Privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and related regulations, which require that financial institutions provide privacy policies to consumers, to allow customers to “opt out” of certain sharing of their nonpublic personal information, and to safeguard sensitive and confidential customer information.

6

• Electronic Fund Transfer Act, which is a consumer protection law regarding electronic fund transfers;

• The Bank Secrecy Act and USA Patriot Act, which require financial institutions to take certain actions to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism; and

• Numerous other federal and state laws and regulations, including those related to consumer protection and bank operations.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 was enacted on July 30, 2002 and represented a comprehensive revision of laws affecting corporate governance, accounting obligations and corporate reporting. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act is applicable to all companies with equity securities registered or that file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including publicly-held financial holding companies such as the Corporation. In particular, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act establishes: (i) requirements for audit committees, including independence, expertise, and responsibilities; (ii) additional responsibilities regarding financial statements for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the reporting company; (iii) standards for auditors and regulation of audits; (iv) increased disclosure and reporting obligations for the reporting company and its directors and executive officers; and (v) new and increased civil and criminal penalties for violations of the securities laws. Many of the provisions were effective immediately while other provisions became effective over a period of time and are subject to rulemaking by the SEC.

Governmental Policies

Our earnings are significantly affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of governmental authorities, including the Federal Reserve Board. Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the Federal Reserve Board to implement these objectives are open-market operations in U.S. Government securities and federal funds, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These instruments of monetary policy are used in varying combinations to influence the overall level of bank loans, investments and deposits, and the interest rates charged on loans and paid for deposits. The Federal Reserve Board frequently uses these instruments of monetary policy, especially its open-market operations and the discount rate, to influence the level of interest rates and to affect the strength of the economy, the level of inflation or the price of the dollar in foreign exchange markets. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have had a significant effect on the operating results of banking institutions in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. It is not possible to predict the nature of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies, or the effect which they may have on our business and earnings.

Other Legislative Initiatives

Proposals may be introduced in the United States Congress, in the Pennsylvania Legislature, and/or by various bank regulatory authorities that could alter the powers of, and restrictions on, different types of banking organizations and which could restructure part or all of the existing regulatory framework for banks, bank and financial holding companies and other providers of financial services. Moreover, other bills may be introduced in Congress which would further regulate, deregulate or restructure the financial services industry, including proposals to substantially reform the regulatory framework. It is not possible to predict whether these or any other proposals will be enacted into law or, even if enacted, the effect which they may have on our business and earnings.

7

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, the Corporation had a total of 314 employees of which 272 were full time and 42 were part time.

Executive Officers

The Corporation’s executive officers, their ages, and their principal occupations are as follows:

Name	Age	Principal Occupation
Joseph B. Bower, Jr.	48	President and Chief Executive Officer, CNB Bank and CNB Financial Corporation, since January 1, 2010; and previously, Secretary, CNB Financial Corporation and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, CNB Bank.
Mark D. Breakey	53	Executive Vice President and Credit Risk Manager, CNB Bank.
Richard L. Greslick, Jr.	35	Senior Vice President/Administration and Secretary, CNB Financial Corporation, since July 2010; previously, Vice President/Operations since 2007; and previously Controller, CNB Bank and CNB Financial Corporation.
Richard L. Sloppy	61	Executive Vice President and Senior Loan Officer, CNB Bank.
Vincent C. Turiano	61	Senior Vice President/Operations, CNB Bank, since November 25, 2009; previously Financial Consultant for RBC Wealth Management (formerly Ferris, Baker Watts, Inc.) since 2006; and previously Executive Vice President of Omega Bank and Omega Financial Corporation.
Brian W. Wingard	37	Interim Treasurer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer, CNB Financial Corporation, since November 2011; Interim Chief Financial Officer, CNB Bank, since November 2011; previously Controller, CNB Bank and CNB Financial Corporation, since 2007; and previously a Certified Public Accountant in public practice.

Officers are elected annually at the reorganization meeting of the Board of Directors. There are no arrangements or understandings between any officer and any other persons pursuant to which he was selected as an officer.

8

Available Information

The Corporation makes available free of charge on its website (www.bankcnb.com) its Annual Report on Form 10-K, its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as practicable after it electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information on the Corporation’s website is not incorporated by reference into this report.

Shareholders may obtain a copy of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K free of charge by writing to: CNB Financial Corporation, 1 South Second Street, PO Box 42, Clearfield, PA 16830, Attn: Shareholder Relations.

Statistical Disclosure

The following tables set forth statistical information relating to the Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The tables should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Corporation.

9

Average Balances and Net Interest Margin

(Dollars in thousands)

	December 31, 2011								December 31, 2010								December 31, 2009
	Average Balance			Annual Rate			Interest Inc./ Exp.		Average Balance			Annual Rate			Interest Inc./ Exp.		Average Balance			Annual Rate			Interest Inc./ Exp.
Assets
Interest-bearing deposits with banks	$	11,475			0.96	%	$	110	$	8,680			1.44	%	$	125	$	9,088			2.37	%	$	215
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell		-						-		-						-		2			0.00	%		0
Securities:
Taxable (1)		487,746			2.97	%		14,285		383,373			3.02	%		11,603		223,814			3.29	%		7,687
Tax-Exempt (1, 2)		86,851			5.14	%		4,366		69,033			5.28	%		3,572		55,642			5.60	%		3,057
Equity Securities (1, 2)		1,906			2.49	%		47		1,607			2.30	%		37		1,502			2.89	%		44
Total Securities		576,503			3.29	%		18,698		454,013			3.35	%		15,212		280,958			3.86	%		10,788
Loans
Commercial (2)		275,442			5.20	%		14,329		258,550			5.62	%		14,542		242,719			5.82	%		14,129
Mortgage (2)		492,922			5.68	%		28,015		431,599			6.14	%		26,514		396,017			6.41	%		25,387
Consumer		51,402			12.72	%		6,536		51,565			12.81	%		6,605		47,702			14.57	%		6,952
Total Loans (3)		819,766			5.96	%		48,880		741,714			6.43	%		47,661		686,438			6.77	%		46,468
Total earning assets		1,407,744			4.84	%	$	67,688		1,204,407			5.23	%	$	62,998		976,486			5.89	%	$	57,471
Non Interest Earning Assets
Cash & Due From Banks		33,846								33,885								33,237
Premises & Equipment		24,323								23,969								23,004
Other Assets		56,616								53,867								49,640
Allowance for Loan Losses		(11,750	)							(10,443	)							(9,320	)
Total Non Interest Earning Assets		103,035								101,278								96,561
Total Assets	$	1,510,779							$	1,305,685							$	1,073,047
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-Bearing Deposits
Demand – interest-bearing	$	296,440			0.77	%	$	2,287	$	258,826			0.75	%	$	1,954	$	241,505			0.79	%	$	1,904
Savings		501,475			1.09	%		5,489		346,346			1.29	%		4,464		201,827			1.70	%		3,434
Time		320,704			1.82	%		5,849		349,401			2.04	%		7,140		320,477			2.42	%		7,753
Total interest-bearing deposits		1,118,619			1.22	%		13,625		954,573			1.42	%		13,558		763,809			1.71	%		13,091
Short-term borrowings		9,728			0.28	%		27		5,282			0.15	%		8		1,961			0.20	%		4
Long-term borrowings		74,141			4.25	%		3,149		87,336			5.39	%		4,708		104,107			4.34	%		4,523
Subordinated Debentures		20,620			3.77	%		778		20,620			3.79	%		782		20,620			4.12	%		850
Total interest-bearing liabilities		1,223,108			1.44	%	$	17,579		1,067,811			1.78	%	$	19,056		890,497			2.07	%	$	18,468
Demand – non-interest-bearing		148,287								127,287								104,773
Other liabilities		17,173								13,203								11,568
Total Liabilities		1,388,568								1,208,301								1,006,838
Shareholders’ Equity		122,211								97,384								66,209
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity	$	1,510,779							$	1,305,685							$	1,073,047
Interest Income/Earning Assets					4.84	%	$	67,688					5.23	%	$	62,998					5.89	%	$	57,471
Interest Expense/Interest Bearing Liabilities					1.44	%		17,579					1.78	%		19,056					2.07	%		18,468
Net Interest Spread					3.40	%	$	50,109					3.45	%	$	43,942					3.82	%	$	39,003
Interest Income/Earning Assets					4.84	%	$	67,688					5.23	%	$	62,998					5.89	%	$	57,471
Interest Expense/Earning Assets					1.25	%		17,579					1.58	%		19,056					1.89	%		18,468
Net Interest Margin					3.59	%	$	50,109					3.65	%	$	43,942					4.00	%	$	39,003

1. Includes unamortized discounts and premiums. Average balance is computed using the carrying value of securities. The average yield has been computed using the historical amortized cost average balance for available for sale securities.

2. Average yields and interest income are stated on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the Corporation’s marginal federal income tax rate of 35%. Interest income has been increased by $1,976, $1,851, and $1,601 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, as a result of the effect of tax-exempt interest and dividends earned by the Corporation.

3. Average outstanding includes the average balance outstanding of all non-accrual loans. Loans consist of the average of total loans less average unearned income. Included in loan interest income is loan fees of $1,567, $1,835, and $1,774 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

10

Net Interest Income Rate-Volume Variance (Dollars in thousands)	For Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011 over (under) 2010 Due to Change In (1)									For Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010 over (under) 2009 Due to Change In (1)
	Volume			Rate			Net			Volume			Rate			Net
Assets
Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks	$	40		$	(55	)	$	(15	)	$	(10	)	$	(80	)	$	(90	)
Securities:
Taxable		2,926			(244	)		2,682			4,951			(1,035	)		3,916
Tax-Exempt (2)		916			(122	)		794			736			(221	)		515
Equity Securities (2)		6			4			10			2			(9	)		(7	)
Total Securities		3,848			(362	)		3,486			5,689			(1,265	)		4,424
Loans
Commercial (2)		950			(1,163	)		(213	)		922			(509	)		413
Mortgage (2)		3,767			(2,266	)		1,501			2,281			(1,154	)		1,127
Consumer		(21	)		(48	)		(69	)		563			(910	)		(347	)
Total Loans (3)		4,696			(3,477	)		1,219			3,766			(2,573	)		1,193
Total Earning Assets	$	8,584		$	(3,894	)	$	4,690		$	9,445		$	(3,918	)	$	5,527
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-Bearing Deposits
Demand – Interest-Bearing	$	284		$	49		$	333		$	137		$	(87	)	$	50
Savings		1,999			(974	)		1,025			2,459			(1,429	)		1,030
Time		(586	)		(705	)		(1,291	)		700			(1,313	)		(613	)
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits		1,697			(1,630	)		67			3,296			(2,829	)		467
Short-Term Borrowings		7			12			19			7			(3	)		4
Long-Term Borrowings		(711	)		(848	)		(1,559	)		(729	)		914			185
Subordinated debentures		-			(4	)		(4	)		-			(68	)		(68	)
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities	$	993		$	(2,470	)	$	(1,477	)	$	2,574		$	(1,986	)	$	588
Change in Net Interest Income	$	7,591		$	(1,424	)	$	6,167		$	6,871		$	(1,932	)	$	4,939

1. The change in interest due to both volume and rate have been allocated entirely to volume changes.

2. Changes in interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, using the Corporation’s marginal federal income tax rate of 35%.

11

Securities
(Dollars In Thousands)	December 31, 2011								December 31, 2010								December 31, 2009
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized				Market Value		Amortized Cost		Unrealized				Market Value		Amortized Cost		Unrealized				Market Value
			Gains		Losses						Gains		Losses						Gains		Losses
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury		$8,064		$66		$        -		$8,130		$8,139		$66		$        -		$8,205		$10,288		$5		$    (24)		$10,269
U.S. Government Sponsored Entities		102,258		5,249		(15)		107,492		104,328		2,016		(403)		105,941		107,615		94		(748)		106,961
State and Political Subdivisions		149,685		8,844		(92)		158,437		117,928		1,011		(2,528)		116,411		55,710		991		(140)		56,561
Residential mortgage and asset backed		292,297		8,043		(214)		300,126		221,304		2,364		(1,249)		222,419		144,878		1,188		(666)		145,400
Commercial mortgage and asset backed		2,077		45		-		2,122		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-
Corporate notes and bonds		17,358		50		(3,548)		13,860		14,347		-		(3,596)		10,751		18,713		-		(5,082)		13,631
Pooled trust preferred		800		-		(460)		340		2,190		12		(910)		1,292		4,594		-		(2,685)		1,909
Pooled SBA		44,851		1,282		(77)		46,056		33,788		266		(92)		33,962		8,894		102		(7)		8,989
Other securities		1,521		23		-		1,544		1,670		26		-		1,696		1,670		28		(3)		1,695
		$618,911		$23,602		$(4,406)		$638,107		$503,694		$5,761		$(8,778)		$500,677		$352,362		$2,408		$(9,355)		$345,415

Maturity Distribution of Investment Securities

(Dollars In Thousands)

December 31, 2012

	Within One Year		After One But Within Five Years						After Five But Within Ten Years				After Ten Years				Collaterialized Mortgage Obligations and Other Asset Backed  Securities
	$ Amt.		Yield		$ Amt.		Yield		$ Amt.		Yield		$ Amt.		Yield		$ Amt.		Yield
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury		$4,054		1.29%		$4,076		1.29%
U.S. Government Sponsored Entities		17,076		1.49%		49,810		2.36%		$39,081		3.67%		$1,523		4.40%
State and Political Subdivisions		2,045		6.17%		27,754		4.52%		84,561		5.04%		44,077		5.47%
Corporate notes and bonds						1,863		2.27%		1,943		4.00%		10,054		3.11%
Pooled trust preferred														340		0.00%
Pooled SBA										1,341		2.46%		44,715		2.41%
Residential mortgage and asset backed																		$300,126		3.64%
Commercial mortgage and asset backed																		2,122		4.70%
TOTAL		$23,175		1.87%		$83,503		2.82%		$126,926		4.50%		$100,709		3.84%		$302,248		2.65%

The weighted average yields are based on market value and effective yields weighted for the scheduled maturity with tax-exempt securities adjusted to a taxable-equivalent basis using a tax rate of 35%.

The portfolio contains no holdings of a single issuer that exceeds 10% of shareholders’ equity other than the US Treasury and governmental sponsored entities.

12

LOAN PORTFOLIO

(Dollars in thousands)

A. TYPE OF LOAN

	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	253,324	$	257,491	$	239,966	$	227,141	$	217,651
Commercial mortgages		242,511		212,878		193,632		210,080		176,470
Residential real estate		298,628		266,604		226,931		179,420		160,585
Consumer		54,677		53,202		54,854		57,241		46,112
Credit cards		3,206		2,870		2,248		1,411		1,535
Overdrafts		423		3,964		391		859		1,188
Gross loans		852,769		797,009		718,022		676,152		603,541
Less: unearned income		2,886		2,447		2,880		4,596		3,853
Total loans net of unearned	$	849,883	$	794,562	$	715,142	$	671,556	$	599,688

B. LOAN MATURITIES AND INTEREST SENSITIVITY

	December 31, 2011
	One Year or Less		One Through Five Years		Over Five Years		Total Gross Loans
Commercial, industrial and agricultural
Loans With Fixed Interest Rate	$	99,436	$	74,510	$	15,257	$	189,203
Loans With Floating Interest Rate		14,947		24,764		24,410		64,121
	$	114,383	$	99,274	$	39,667	$	253,324

C. RISK ELEMENTS

	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
Loans on non-accrual basis	$	16,567	$	11,926	$	12,757	$	3,046	$	1,979
Accruing loans which are contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal payment		441		889		584		533		395
Troubled debt restructurings		7,688		1,714		-		-		-
	$	24,696	$	14,529	$	13,341	$	3,579	$	2,374

Interest income recorded on the non-accrual loans for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $26. Additional interest income which would have been recorded on non-accrual loans had they been on accrual status was $685 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Loans are placed in non-accrual status when the interest or principal is 90 days past due, unless the loan is in collection, well secured and it is believed that there will be no loss of interest or principal.

At December 31, 2011, there were $7,348 in special mention loans, $33,261 in substandard loans, and $0 in doubtful loans which are considered problem loans. These loans are not included in the table above. In the opinion of management, these loans are adequately secured and losses are believed to be minimal.

13

SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE

(Dollars in Thousands)

Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Losses
Years Ended December 31,	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Balance at beginning of Period	$	10,820		$	9,795		$	8,719		$	6,773		$	6,086
Charge-Offs:
Commercial, industrial and agricultural		1,796			543			860			33			39
Commercial mortgages		175			2,061			381			178			28
Residential real estate		217			211			378			330			180
Consumer		907			1,223			1,622			1,123			322
Credit cards		39			94			101			46			95
Overdrafts		222			239			269			334			346
		3,356			4,371			3,611			2,044			1,010
Recoveries:
Commercial, industrial and agricultural		9			11			2			2			-
Commercial mortgages		-			3			-			-			-
Residential real estate		13			2			1			6			12
Consumer		88			100			62			72			67
Credit cards		10			10			13			12			24
Overdrafts		94			112			144			111			82
		214			238			222			203			185
Net charge-offs		(3,142	)		(4,133	)		(3,389	)		(1,841	)		(825	)
Provision for loan losses		4,937			5,158			4,465			3,787			1,512
Balance at end of period	$	12,615		$	10,820		$	9,795		$	8,719		$	6,773
Percentage of net charge-offs during the period to average loans outstanding		0.38	%		0.56	%		0.49	%		0.28	%		0.14	%

The provision for loan losses reflects the amount deemed appropriate by management to establish an adequate reserve to meet the present and foreseeable risk characteristics of the present loan portfolio. Management’s judgment is based on the evaluation of individual loans, the overall risk characteristics of various portfolio segments, past experience with losses, the impact of economic conditions on borrowers, and other relevant factors.

ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

(Dollars In Thousands)

	2011					2010					2009					2008					2007
	Amount		% of Loans in each Category			Amount		% of Loans in each Category			Amount		% of Loans in each Category			Amount		% of Loans in each Category			Amount		% of Loans in each Category
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	4,511		29.71	%	$	3,517		32.31	%	$	2,790		33.42	%	$	2,660		33.59	%	$	2,253		36.06	%
Commercial mortgages		4,470		28.44	%		3,511		26.71	%		3,291		26.97	%		2,836		31.07	%		1,915		29.24	%
Residential real estate		1,991		35.02	%		1,916		33.45	%		1,583		31.61	%		1,273		26.54	%		1,012		26.61	%
Consumer		1,404		6.41	%		1,561		6.68	%		1,751		7.64	%		1,589		8.47	%		1,196		7.64	%
Credit Cards		71		0.37	%		96		0.35	%		85		0.31	%		82		0.20	%		91		0.25	%
Overdrafts		168		0.05	%		219		0.50	%		295		0.05	%		279		0.13	%		306		0.20	%
Total	$	12,615		100.00	%	$	10,820		100.00	%	$	9,795		100.00	%	$	8,719		100.00	%	$	6,773		100.00	%

In determining the allocation of the allowance for loan losses, the Corporation considers economic trends, historical patterns and specific credit reviews.

14

With regard to the credit reviews, a “watchlist” is evaluated on a monthly basis to determine potential commercial losses. Consumer loans and mortgage loans are allocated using historical loss experience.

DEPOSITS

(Dollars In Thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011					2010					2009
	Average Amount		Annual Rate			Average Amount		Annual Rate			Average Amount		Annual Rate
Demand – Non Interest Bearing	$	148,287				$	127,287				$	104,773
Demand – Interest Bearing		296,440		0.77	%		258,826		0.75	%		241,505		0.79	%
Savings Deposits		501,475		1.09	%		346,346		1.29	%		201,827		1.70	%
Time Deposits		320,704		1.82	%		349,401		2.04	%		320,477		2.42	%
TOTAL	$	1,266,906				$	1,081,860				$	868,582

The maturity of certificates of deposits and other time deposits in denomination of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2011
Maturing in:
Three months or less	$	17,017
Greater than three months and through twelve months		23,394
Greater than one year and through three years		61,981
Greater than three years		13,180
	$	115,572

RETURN ON EQUITY AND ASSETS

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Return on average assets		1.00	%		0.87	%		0.79	%
Return on average equity		12.36	%		11.62	%		12.86	%
Dividend payout ratio		53.79	%		61.27	%		67.27	%
Average equity to average assets ratio		8.09	%		7.46	%		6.17	%

15

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

The Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations are subject to various risks inherent in its business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Corporation are described below. If any of these risks actually occur, the Corporation’s business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. You should consider all of the following risks together with all of the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Since the economic downturn, difficult market conditions remain and have adversely affected the banking and financial services industry and the Corporation’s business, and a continuation of these conditions could adversely affect the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

Since the economic downturn, challenging conditions, including a depressed national housing market since 2008, high unemployment and under-employment, remain and have negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities as well as major commercial and investment banks. These write-downs, initially of mortgage-backed securities but spreading to credit default swaps and other derivative and cash securities, in turn, have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers, including to other financial institutions. Further, there exists instability in the global credit markets, including U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns and concerns regarding deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe. This market turmoil and tightening of credit have led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity and access to capital generally. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and lack of confidence in the financial markets could adversely affect the Corporation’s ability to access capital markets and its business, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, the Corporation may face the following risks in connection with these events:

— The Corporation’s and the Bank’s ability to borrow from other financial institutions or to access the debt or equity capital markets on favorable terms or at all could be adversely affected by further disruptions in the capital markets or other events, including actions by rating agencies and deteriorating investor expectations.

— The Corporation expects to face increased regulation of the banking and financial services industry. Compliance with such regulation may increase its costs and limit its ability to pursue business opportunities.

— Market developments may affect customer confidence levels and may cause increases in loan delinquencies and default rates, which management expects would adversely impact the Bank’s charge-offs and provision for loan losses.

— Market developments may adversely affect the Bank’s securities portfolio by causing other-than-temporary-impairments, prompting write-downs and securities losses.

— Competition in banking and financial services industry could intensify as a result of the increasing consolidation of financial services companies in connection with current market conditions.

— The Bank may be required to pay significantly higher premiums to the FDIC because market developments have significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits.

16

The Bank’s allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover loan losses which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant source of risk for the Corporation arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained because borrowers, guarantors and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loan agreements. Most loans originated by the Bank are secured, but some loans are unsecured based upon management’s evaluation of the creditworthiness of the borrowers. With respect to secured loans, the collateral securing the repayment of these loans principally includes a wide variety of real estate, and to a lesser extent personal property, either of which may be insufficient to cover the obligations owed under such loans.

Collateral values and the financial performance of borrowers may be adversely affected by changes in prevailing economic, environmental and other conditions, including declines in the value of real estate, changes in interest rates and debt service levels, changes in oil and gas prices, changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government, widespread disease, terrorist activity, environmental contamination and other external events, which are beyond the control of the Bank. In addition, collateral appraisals that are out of date or that do not meet industry recognized standards might create the impression that a loan is adequately collateralized when in fact it is not. Although the Bank may acquire any real estate or other assets that secure defaulted loans through foreclosures or other similar remedies, the amounts owed under the defaulted loans may exceed the value of the assets acquired.

The allowance for loan losses is subject to a formal analysis by the credit administrator of CNB using a methodology whereby loan pools are segregated into special mention, substandard, doubtful and unclassified categories and the pools are evaluated based on historical loss factors. The Bank monitors delinquencies and losses on a monthly basis. The Bank has adopted underwriting and credit monitoring policies and procedures, including the review of borrower financial statements and collateral appraisals, which management believes are appropriate to mitigate the risk of loss by assessing the likelihood of borrower non-performance and the value of available collateral. The Bank also manages credit risk by diversifying its loan portfolio. An ongoing independent review, subsequent to management’s review, of individual credits is performed by an independent loan review function, which reports to the Loan Committee of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. However, such policies and procedures have limitations, including judgment errors in management’s risk analysis, and may not prevent unexpected losses that could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Interest rate volatility could significantly reduce the Corporation’s profitability.

The Corporation’s earnings largely depend on the relationship between the yield on its earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, and the cost of funds, primarily deposits and borrowings. This relationship, commonly known as the net interest margin, is susceptible to significant fluctuation and is affected by economic and competitive factors that influence the yields and rates, and the volume and mix of the Bank’s interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.

Interest rate risk can be defined as the sensitivity of net interest income and of the market value of financial instruments to the direction and frequency of changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk arises from the imbalance in the re-pricing, maturity and/or cash flow characteristics of assets and liabilities. The Corporation is subject to interest rate risk to the degree that its interest bearing liabilities re-price or mature more slowly or more rapidly or on a different basis than its interest earning assets. Changes

17

in interest rates will affect the levels of income and expense recorded on a large portion of the Bank’s assets and liabilities, and fluctuations in interest rates will impact the market value of all interest sensitive assets. Significant fluctuations in interest rates could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

The Bank’s interest rate risk measurement and management techniques incorporate the re-pricing and cash flow attributes of its balance sheet and off-balance sheet instruments as they relate to current and potential changes in interest rates. The level of interest rate risk, measured in terms of the potential future effect on earnings, is determined through the use of static gap analysis and earnings simulation modeling under multiple interest rate scenarios. Management’s objectives are to measure, monitor and develop strategies in response to the interest rate risk profile inherent in the Bank’s balance sheet in order to preserve the sensitivity of net interest income to actual or potential changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate sensitivity position was asset sensitive in the short-term. For further information on risk relating to interest rates, refer to Part I, Item 7a, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” herein.

The Corporation cannot assure you that actions by governmental agencies and regulators, as well as recently enacted legislation, will stabilize the U.S. financial system, and new legislation may significantly affect the Corporation’s financial condition.

Beginning in 2008 and continuing into 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the United States Congress, the United States Department of the Treasury, the FDIC and others took numerous steps to stabilize and stimulate the financial services industry. These measures included: (1) homeowner relief that encouraged loan restructuring and modification; (2) the establishment of significant liquidity and credit facilities for financial institutions and investment banks; (3) the lowering of the federal funds rate; and (4) coordinated efforts to address liquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector.

The Corporation cannot predict the actual impact, if any, that new legislation or other governmental initiatives will have on the economy or the financial markets, or whether any impact will be positive or negative. The failure of legislation or other initiatives to stabilize the financial markets could weaken public confidence in financial institutions and have a substantial and material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit, or the trading price of our common stock. Additionally, compliance with such initiatives may increase the Corporation’s costs and limit its ability to pursue business opportunities, and participation in specific programs may subject it to additional restrictions. Further, it may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums in the future if market developments which have significantly depleted the FDIC insurance fund and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits continue.

The Bank’s loans are principally concentrated in certain areas of Pennsylvania, and adverse economic conditions in those markets could adversely affect the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Corporation’s success is dependent to a significant extent upon general economic conditions in the United States and, in particular, the local economies in northwest and central Pennsylvania, the primary markets served by the Bank. The Bank is particularly exposed to real estate and economic factors in the northwest and central areas of Pennsylvania, as most of its loan portfolio is concentrated among borrowers in these markets. Furthermore, because a substantial portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio is secured by real estate in these areas, the value of the associated collateral is also subject to regional real estate market conditions.

18

The Bank is not immune to negative consequences arising from overall economic weakness and, in particular, a sharp downturn in the local real estate markets served by the Bank. While the Bank’s loan portfolio has not shown significant signs of credit quality deterioration despite continued challenges in the U.S. economy, we cannot assure you that no deterioration will occur. An economic recession in the markets served by the Bank, and the nation as a whole, could negatively impact household and corporate incomes. This impact could lead to decreased loan demand and increase the number of borrowers who fail to pay the Bank interest or principal on their loans, and accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

The Corporation’s investment securities portfolio is subject to credit risk, market risk, and liquidity risk, and declines in value in its investment securities portfolio may require it to record other than temporary impairment charges that could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations and financial condition.

The Corporation’s investment securities portfolio has risks beyond its control that can significantly influence the portfolio’s fair value. These factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults of the issuers of the securities, lack of market pricing of the securities, and continued instability in the credit markets. Recent lack of market activity with respect to certain of the securities has, in certain circumstances, required the Corporation to base its fair market valuation on unobservable inputs. The Corporation has engaged valuation experts to price these certain securities using proprietary models, which incorporate assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the securities, including bid/ask spreads and liquidity and credit premiums. Any change in current accounting principles or interpretations of these principles could impact the Corporation’s assessment of fair value and thus its determination of other-than-temporary impairment of the securities in its investment securities portfolio.

The Bank may be required to record other-than-temporary impairment charges on its investment securities if they suffer declines in value that are considered other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including collateral deterioration underlying certain private label mortgage-backed securities, lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for certain investment securities, adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment could have a negative effect the Bank’s securities portfolio in future periods. An other-than-temporary impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Corporation’s business and that of the Bank is highly regulated and impacted by monetary policy, limiting the manner in which the Corporation and the Bank may conduct business and obtain financing, and modifications to the existing regulatory framework under which the Corporation operates could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

As a financial holding company and state-chartered financial institution, respectively, the Corporation and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation and supervision under federal and state laws and regulations. The restrictions imposed by such laws and regulations, along with the existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance, and monetary laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies and laws and interpretations, limit the manner in which the Corporation and the Bank conduct business, undertake new investments and activities, and obtain financing. These laws and regulations are designed primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and consumers and not to benefit shareholders. These laws and regulations may sometimes impose significant limitations on the Corporation’s operations. These laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies and interpretations are constantly evolving and may change significantly over time.

19

The nature, extent, and timing of the adoption of significant new laws and regulations, or changes in or repeal of existing laws and regulations, or specific actions of our regulators, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Furthermore, federal monetary policy, particularly as implemented through the Federal Reserve System, significantly affects credit risk and interest rate risk conditions for the Bank and the Corporation, and any unfavorable change in these conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act Is Increasing Our Regulatory Compliance Burdens and May Increase Our Operating Costs and/or Adversely Impact Our Earnings and/or Capital Ratios.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was enacted on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act represented a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the financial-services industry. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act created a new federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), tightened capital standards, imposed clearing and margining requirements on many derivatives activities, and generally increased oversight and regulation of financial institutions and financial activities.

In addition to the self-implementing provisions of the statute, the Dodd-Frank Act calls for over 200 administrative rulemakings by various federal agencies to implement various parts of the legislation. While some rules have been finalized and/or issued in proposed form, many have yet to be proposed. It is impossible to predict when all such additional rules will be issued or finalized, and what the content of such rules will be. We will have to apply resources to ensure that we are in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and any implementing rules, which may increase our costs of operations and adversely impact our earnings.

The Dodd-Frank Act and any implementing rules that are ultimately issued could have adverse implications on the financial industry, the competitive environment, and/or our ability to conduct business.

The Corporation relies on its management and other key personnel, and the loss of any of them may adversely affect its operations.

The Corporation is and will continue to be dependent upon the services of its executive management team. In addition, it will continue to depend on its ability to retain and recruit key client relationship managers. The unexpected loss of services of any key management personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on its business and financial condition.

Strong competition within the Corporation’s markets may have a material adverse impact on its profitability.

The Corporation competes with an ever-increasing array of financial service providers. As noted above, as a financial holding company and state-chartered financial institution, respectively, the Corporation and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation and supervision, including, in many cases, regulations that limit the type and scope of activities. The non-bank financial service providers that compete with the Corporation and the Bank may not be subject to such extensive regulation, supervision, and tax burden. Competition from nationwide banks, as well as local institutions, is strong in the Corporation’s markets.

20

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological change. In addition to improving customer services, effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Furthermore, technological advances are likely to intensify competition by enabling more companies to provide financial resources. Accordingly, the Corporation’s future success will depend in part on its ability to address customer needs by using technology. The Corporation cannot assure you that it will be able to develop new technology driven products and services, or be successful in marketing these products to its customers. Many of its competitors have far greater resources to invest in technology.

Regional, national and international competitors have far greater assets and capitalization than the Corporation has and they have greater access to capital markets and can offer a broader array of financial services than it can. We cannot assure you that we will continue to be able to compete effectively with other financial institutions in the future. Furthermore, developments increasing the nature or level of competition could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity. For further information on competition, refer to Part I, Item 1, “Competition” herein.

Non-compliance with applicable laws and/or regulations, including the Bank Secrecy Act and USA Patriot Act, may adversely affect the Corporation’s operations and its financial results and could result in significant fines or sanctions.

Federal and state regulators have the ability to impose substantial sanctions, restrictions and requirements on the Corporation’s banking and nonbanking subsidiaries if they determine, upon examination or otherwise, that any such subsidy has violated laws or regulations with which it or its subsidiaries must comply, or that weaknesses or failures exist with respect to general standards of safety and soundness. Such enforcement may be formal or informal and can include, among other things, civil money penalties and orders to take certain actions or to refrain from certain actions. The imposition of regulatory sanctions, including any monetary penalties, may have a material impact on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations, damage its reputation, and/or cause it to lose its financial holding company status. In addition, compliance with any such action could distract management’s attention from the Corporation’s operations, cause the Corporation to incur significant expenses, restrict it from engaging in potentially profitable activities, and limit its ability to raise capital.

The USA Patriot and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent the institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If certain activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules also require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts or conduct transactions, and require the filing of certain reports, such as those for cash transactions above a certain threshold. Financial institutions must also refrain from transacting business with certain countries or persons designated by the Office of Foreign Assets Control.

Non-compliance with laws and regulations such as these could result in significant fines or sanctions. These particular laws and regulations have significant implications for all financial institutions, establish new crimes and penalties, and require the federal banking agencies, in reviewing merger and acquisition transactions, to consider the effectiveness of the parties to such transactions in combating money laundering and terrorist activities. Even inadvertent non-compliance and technical failure to follow the regulations may result in significant fines or other penalties, which could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

21

A failure in or breach of the Corporation’s operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of third party vendors and other service providers, including as a result of cyber attacks, could disrupt the Corporation’s businesses, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage its reputation, increase its costs and cause losses.

As a financial institution, the Corporation depends on its ability to continuously process, record and monitor a large number of customer transactions and customer, public and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security have increased over time. Accordingly, its operational systems and infrastructure must continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions and breakdowns. The Corporation’s business, financial, accounting, data processing systems or other operating systems and facilities may stop operating properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond the Corporation’s control. For example, there could be sudden increases in customer transaction volume; electrical or telecommunications outages; natural disasters; pandemics; events arising from political or social matters, including terrorist acts; and, as described below, cyber attacks. Although the Corporation has business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support its businesses and customers, or cyber attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems or devices on which customers’ personal information is stored and that customers use to access the Corporation’s products and services could result in customer attrition, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs, any of which could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations or financial condition.

Information security risks for financial institutions have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties. The Corporation’s operations rely on the secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential information in its computer systems and networks. In addition, to access the Corporation’s products and services, its customers may use personal smartphones, tablet PC’s, and other devices that are beyond its control systems. Although the Corporation believes that it has robust information security procedures and controls, its technologies, systems, networks, and its customers’ devices may become the target of cyber attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of its or its customers’ confidential, proprietary and other information, or otherwise disrupt its or its customers’ or other third parties’ business operations.

Third parties with which the Corporation does business or that facilitate its business activities, including exchanges, clearing houses, financial intermediaries or vendors that provide services or security solutions for its operations, could also be sources of operational and information security risk to the Corporation, including from breakdowns or failures of their own systems or capacity constraints.

Although to date the Corporation has not experienced any material losses relating to cyber attacks or other information security breaches, there can be no assurance that it will not suffer such losses in the future. Its risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of, among other things, the evolving nature of these threats, its plans to continue to implement our Internet banking and mobile banking channel strategies and develop additional remote connectivity solutions to serve its customers when and how they want to be served. As a result, cybersecurity and the continued development and enhancement of the Corporation’s controls, processes and practices designed to protect its systems,

22

computers, software, data and networks from attack, damage or unauthorized access remain a priority for the Corporation. As cyber threats continue to evolve, the Corporation may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance its protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.

The Corporation may not be able to meet its cash flow needs on a timely basis at a reasonable cost, and the Corporation’s cost of funds for banking operations may significantly increase as a result of general economic conditions, interest rates and competitive pressures.

Liquidity is the ability to meet cash flow obligations as they come due and cash flow needs on a timely basis and at a reasonable cost. The liquidity of the Bank is used to make loans and to repay deposit and borrowing liabilities as they become due, or are demanded by customers and creditors. Many factors affect the Bank’s ability to meet liquidity needs, including variations in the markets served by its network of offices, its mix of assets and liabilities, reputation and standing in the marketplace, and general economic conditions.

The Bank’s primary source of funding is retail deposits, gathered throughout its network of banking offices. Periodically, the Corporation utilizes term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, or FHLB, of which the Bank is a member, and other lenders to meet funding obligations. The Bank’s securities and loan portfolios provide a source of contingent liquidity that could be accessed in a reasonable time period through sales.

Significant changes in general economic conditions, market interest rates, competitive pressures or otherwise, could cause the Bank’s deposits to decrease relative to overall banking operations, and it would have to rely more heavily on brokered funds and borrowings in the future, which are typically more expensive than deposits.

Management and the Board of Directors of CNB, through its Asset/Liability Committee, or the ALCO, monitor liquidity and the ALCO establishes and monitors acceptable liquidity ranges. The Bank actively manages its liquidity position through target ratios. Continual monitoring of these ratios, both historical and through forecasts under multiple rate scenarios, allows the Bank to employ strategies necessary to maintain adequate liquidity.

Changes in economic conditions, including consumer savings habits and availability of or access to capital, could potentially have a significant impact on the Bank’s liquidity position, which in turn could materially impact the Corporation’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

A substantial decline in the value of the Bank’s FHLB common stock may adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.

As a requirement of membership in the FHLB of Pittsburgh, the Bank must own a minimum required amount of FHLB stock, calculated periodically based primarily on its level of borrowings from the FHLB. Borrowings from the FHLB represent the Bank’s primary source of short-term and long-term wholesale funding.

In an extreme situation, it is possible that the capitalization of an FHLB, including the FHLB of Pittsburgh, could be substantially diminished or reduced to zero. Consequently, given that there is no trading market for the Bank’s FHLB common stock, the Corporation’s management believes that there is a risk that the Corporation’s investment could be deemed impaired at some time in the future. If this occurs, it may adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition.

23

In addition, if the capitalization of the FHLB of Pittsburgh is substantially diminished, the Bank’s liquidity may be adversely impaired if it is not able to obtain alternative sources of funding.

There are 12 banks of the FHLB, including Pittsburgh. To conserve capital, some FHLB banks are suspending dividends, cutting dividend payments, and not buying back excess FHLB stock that member banks hold. The 12 FHLB banks are jointly liable for the consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. To the extent that one FHLB bank cannot meet its obligations to pay its share of the system’s debt, other FHLB banks can be called upon to make the payment. The Corporation cannot assure you, however, that the FHLB system will be able to meet these obligations.

The Bank could be held responsible for environmental liabilities relating to properties acquired through foreclosure, resulting in significant financial loss.

In the event the Bank forecloses on a defaulted commercial or residential mortgage loan to recover its investment, it may be subject to environmental liabilities in connection with the underlying real property, which could significantly exceed the value of the real property. Although the Bank exercises due diligence to discover potential environmental liabilities prior to acquiring any property through foreclosure, hazardous substances or wastes, contaminants, pollutants, or their sources may be discovered on properties during its ownership or after a sale to a third party. The Corporation cannot assure you that the Bank would not incur full recourse liability for the entire cost of any removal and cleanup on an acquired property, that the cost of removal and cleanup would not exceed the value of the property, or that the Bank could recover any of the costs from any third party. Losses arising from environmental liabilities could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

Federal and state governments could pass legislation responsive to current credit conditions which could cause the Corporation to experience higher credit losses.

The Corporation could experience higher credit losses because of federal or state legislation or regulatory action that reduces the amount the Bank’s borrowers are otherwise contractually required to pay under existing loan contracts. Also, the Corporation could experience higher credit losses because of federal or state legislation or regulatory action that limits the Bank’s ability to foreclose on property or other collateral or makes foreclosure less economically feasible. The Corporation cannot assure you that future legislation will not significantly and adversely impact its ability to collect on its current loans or foreclose on collateral.

The preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements requires the use of estimates that could significantly vary from actual results, which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make significant estimates that affect the financial statements. For example, one of these significant estimates is the allowance for loan losses. Due to the inherent nature of estimates, the Corporation cannot provide absolute assurance that it will not significantly increase the allowance for loan losses and/or sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the provided allowance, which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

24

The Corporation’s financial results may be subject to the impact of changes in accounting standards or interpretation in new or existing standards.

From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, and the SEC change accounting regulations and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements. In addition, the FASB, SEC, and bank regulators may revise their previous interpretations regarding existing accounting regulations and the application of these accounting standards. These revisions in their interpretations are out of the Corporation’s control and may have a material impact on its financial statements.

Customer information may be obtained and used fraudulently, which may negatively impact the Corporation’s reputation and customer base, cause increased regulatory scrutiny and expose the Corporation to litigation.

Risk of theft of customer information resulting from security breaches by third parties exposes the Corporation to reputation risk and potential monetary loss. CNB has exposure to fraudulent use of its customers’ personal information resulting from its general business operations and through customer use of financial instruments such as debit cards. While CNB has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of this risk, the Corporation cannot assure you that any such security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any security breaches could damage CNB’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject CNB to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose CNB to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on CNB’s financial condition and results of operations.

The unsoundness of other financial institutions with which the Corporation does business could adversely affect the Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, investment or other relationships. The Corporation routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry such as commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional clients for a range of transactions including loan participations, derivatives and hedging transactions. In addition, the Corporation invests in securities or loans originated or issued by financial institutions or supported by the loans they originate. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial institutions, or the financial industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or other institutions. Many of these transactions expose the Corporation to credit or investment risk in the event of default by the Corporation’s counterparty. In addition, the Corporation’s credit risk may be exacerbated if the collateral it holds cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or other exposure to the Corporation. The Corporation could incur losses to its securities portfolio as a result of these issues. These types of losses may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operation.

Some provisions contained in the Corporation’s articles of incorporation and its bylaws and under Pennsylvania law could deter a takeover attempt or delay changes in control or management of the Corporation.

Certain anti-takeover provisions of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended, apply to Pennsylvania registered corporations (e.g., publicly traded companies) including, but not limited to, those relating to (1) control share acquisitions, (2) disgorgement of profits by certain

25

controlling persons, (3) business combination transactions with interested shareholders, and (4) the rights of shareholders to demand fair value for their stock following a control transaction. Pennsylvania law permits corporations to opt-out of these anti-takeover provisions, but the Corporation has not done so. Such provisions could have the effect of deterring takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of the Corporation. Additionally, such provisions could limit the price that some investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of the Corporation’s common stock.

For example, the Corporation’s amended and restated articles of incorporation require the affirmative vote of 66% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote to effect a business combination. In addition, the Corporation’s amended and restated articles of incorporation, subject to the limitations prescribed in such articles and subject to limitations prescribed by Pennsylvania law, authorize the Corporation’s board of directors, from time to time by resolution and without further shareholder action, to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock, in one or more series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and other rights of the shares and to fix the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. As a result of its broad discretion with respect to the creation and issuance of preferred stock without shareholder approval, the board of directors could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of common stock and, by issuing shares of preferred stock with certain voting, conversion and/or redemption rights, could discourage any attempt to obtain control of CNB.

The Corporation’s bylaws, as amended and restated, provide for the division of the Corporation’s board of directors into three classes of directors, with each serving staggered terms. In addition, any amendment to the Corporation’s bylaws must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by all shareholders entitled to vote thereon and, if any shareholders are entitled to vote thereon as a class, upon receiving the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by the shareholders entitled to vote as a class.

Any of the foregoing provisions may have the effect of deterring takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of the Corporation.

The price of the Corporation’s common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to resell shares of common stock owned by you at times or at prices you find attractive.

The price of the Corporation’s common stock on the NASDAQ constantly changes. The Corporation expects that the market price of its common stock will continue to fluctuate, and the Corporation cannot give you any assurances regarding any trends in the market prices for its common stock.

The Corporation’s stock price may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are beyond its control. These factors include the Corporation’s:

• past and future dividend practice;

• financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects;

• quarterly variations in the Corporation’s operating results or the quality of the Corporation’s assets;

• operating results that vary from the expectations of management, securities analysts and investors;

• changes in expectations as to the Corporation’s future financial performance;

• announcements of innovations, new products, strategic developments, significant contracts, acquisitions and other material events by the Corporation or its competitors;

26

• the operating and securities price performance of other companies that investors believe are comparable to the Corporation;

• future sales of the Corporation’s equity or equity-related securities;

• the credit, mortgage and housing markets, the markets for securities relating to mortgages or housing, and developments with respect to financial institutions generally; and

• instability in global financial markets and global economies and general market conditions, such as interest or foreign exchange rates, stock, commodity or real estate valuations or volatility, budget deficits or sovereign debt level concerns and other geopolitical, regulatory or judicial events.

The Corporation’s ability to pay dividends is limited by law and regulations.

The future declaration of dividends by the Corporation’s Board of Directors will depend on a number of factors, including capital requirements, regulatory limitations, the Corporation’s operating results and financial condition and general economic conditions. The Corporation’s ability to pay dividends depends primarily on the receipt of dividends from the Bank. Dividend payments from the Bank are subject to legal and regulatory limitations, generally based on retained earnings, imposed by bank regulatory agencies. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends is also subject to financial condition, regulatory capital requirements, capital expenditures and other cash flow requirements. The Corporation cannot assure you that the Bank will be able to pay dividends to CNB in the future. The Corporation may decide to limit the payment of dividends to its stockholders even when the Corporation has the legal ability to pay them in order to retain earnings for use in the Corporation’s business.

ITEM 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES

The headquarters of the Corporation and the Bank are located at 1 South Second Street, Clearfield, Pennsylvania, in a building owned by the Corporation. The Bank operates 27 full-service offices and one loan production office. Of these 28 offices, 21 are owned and seven are leased from independent owners. Holiday Financial Services Corporation has eight full-service offices of which six are leased from independent owners and two are leased from the Bank. There are no encumbrances on the offices owned and the rental expense on the leased property is immaterial in relation to operating expenses. The initial lease terms range from one to twenty years.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries is a party, or of which any of their property is the subject, except ordinary routine proceedings which are incidental to the business.

ITEM 4.   MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None

27

PART II.

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Quarterly Share Data; Holders

Our common stock is traded on the Global Select Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC under the symbol CCNE. The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, the quarterly high and low sales price of the Corporation’s common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market and actual cash dividends paid per share. As of December 31, 2011, the approximate number of shareholders of record of the Corporation’s common stock was 3,731.

Price Range of Common Stock

	2011				2010
	High		Low		High		Low
First quarter	$	15.14	$	13.51	$	18.99	$	14.70
Second quarter		14.50		12.38		16.50		10.53
Third quarter		14.37		11.17		13.93		10.75
Fourth quarter		17.21		12.17		15.83		13.00

Cash Dividends Paid

	2011		2010
First quarter	$	0.165	$	0.165
Second quarter		0.165		0.165
Third quarter		0.165		0.165
Fourth quarter		0.165		0.165

See Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 and “Supervision and Regulation—Dividend Restrictions” in Part I, Item 1 for a discussion of dividend restrictions.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

There were no shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs from October 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011. The maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under publicly announced plans or programs is 168,386.

28

Performance Graph

Set forth below is a chart comparing the Corporation’s cumulative return to stockholders against the cumulative return of the NASDAQ Composite Index and a Peer Group Index of banking organizations for the five-year period commencing December 31, 2006 and ended December 31, 2011.

		Period Ending
Index	12/31/06		12/31/07	12/31/08	12/31/09	12/31/10	12/31/11
CNB Financial Corporation	100.00		99.95	86.56	130.26	126.19	140.97
NASDAQ Composite	100.00		110.66	66.42	96.54	114.06	113.16
SNL Bank NASDAQ	100.00		78.51	57.02	46.25	54.57	48.42

Source : SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville, VA

^© 2012

www.snl.com

29

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

	Year ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME:
Loans including fees	$	48,324	$	46,955	$	45,839	$	47,355	$	44,559
Deposits with banks		110		125		215		429		492
Federal funds sold		-		-		-		342		334
Securities:
Taxable		14,285		11,603		7,687		7,419		6,669
Tax-exempt		2,957		2,435		2,095		1,414		1,457
Dividends		36		29		34		224		422
Total interest and dividend income		65,712		61,147		55,870		57,183		53,933
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Deposits		13,625		13,558		13,091		14,956		18,087
Borrowed funds		3,176		4,716		4,527		4,609		3,510
Subordinated debentures		778		782		850		1,018		1,325
Total interest expense		17,579		19,056		18,468		20,583		22,922
NET INTEREST INCOME		48,133		42,091		37,402		36,600		31,011
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES		4,937		5,158		4,465		3,787		1,512
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		43,196		36,933		32,937		32,813		29,499
NON-INTEREST INCOME		10,719		9,650		7,950		2,168		8,189
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES		33,282		31,798		30,021		28,479		25,273
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES		20,633		14,785		10,866		6,502		12,415
INCOME TAX EXPENSE		5,529		3,469		2,354		1,267		3,281
NET INCOME	$	15,104	$	11,316	$	8,512	$	5,235	$	9,134
PER SHARE DATA:
Basic	$	1.23	$	1.06	$	0.98	$	0.61	$	1.05
Fully diluted		1.23		1.06		0.98		0.61		1.05
Dividends declared		0.66		0.66		0.66		0.645		0.62
Book value per share at year end		10.66		8.96		7.92		7.27		8.10
AT END OF PERIOD:
Total assets	$	1,602,207	$	1,413,511	$	1,161,591	$	1,016,518	$	858,700
Securities		641,340		503,028		347,748		238,181		162,792
Loans, net of unearned discount		849,883		794,562		715,142		671,556		599,688
Allowance for loan losses		12,615		10,820		9,795		8,719		6,773
Deposits		1,353,851		1,162,868		956,858		814,596		659,157
FHLB and other borrowings		74,456		105,259		100,003		107,478		98,000
Subordinated debentures		20,620		20,620		20,620		20,620		20,620
Shareholders' equity		131,889		109,645		69,409		62,467		69,283
KEY RATIOS:
Return on average assets		1.00%		0.87%		0.79%		0.55%		1.12%
Return on average equity		12.36%		11.62%		12.86%		7.88%		12.82%
Loan to deposit ratio		62.78%		68.33%		74.74%		82.44%		90.98%
Dividend payout ratio		53.79%		61.27%		67.27%		105.53%		59.05%
Average equity to average assets ratio		8.09%		7.46%		6.17%		7.00%		8.65%

30

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of the consolidated financial statements of CNB Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) is presented to provide insight into management’s assessment of financial results. The Corporation’s subsidiary, CNB Bank (the “Bank”), provides financial services to individuals and businesses primarily within the west central Pennsylvania counties of Cambria, Cameron, Centre, Clearfield, Elk, Indiana, Jefferson, McKean and Warren. ERIEBANK, a division of CNB Bank, provides financial services to individuals and business in the northwestern Pennsylvania counties of Erie and Crawford. The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Pennsylvania State Department of Banking as well as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries are not necessarily indicative of future performance. CNB Securities Corporation is incorporated in Delaware and currently maintains investments in debt and equity securities. County Reinsurance Company is an Arizona Corporation and provides credit life and disability insurance for customers of CNB Bank. CNB Insurance Agency, incorporated in Pennsylvania, provides for the sale of nonproprietary annuities and other insurance products. Holiday Financial Services Corporation (“Holiday”), incorporated in Pennsylvania, offers small balance unsecured loans and secured loans, primarily collateralized by automobiles and equipment, to borrowers with higher risk characteristics. Management’s discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes.

Risk identification and management are essential elements for the successful management of the Corporation. In the normal course of business, the Corporation is subject to various types of risk, including interest rate, credit, and liquidity risk. These risks are controlled through policies and procedures established by the Corporation.

Interest rate risk is the sensitivity of net interest income and the market value of financial instruments to the direction and frequency of changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk results from various repricing frequencies and the maturity structure of the financial instruments owned by the Corporation. The Corporation uses its asset/liability management policy and systems to control, monitor and manage interest rate risk.

Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer may not perform in accordance with contractual terms. Credit risk results from loans to customers and the purchase of securities. The Corporation manages credit risk by following an established credit policy and using a disciplined evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Also, the investment policy limits the amount of credit risk that may be taken in the securities portfolio.

Liquidity risk represents the inability to generate or otherwise obtain funds at reasonable rates to satisfy commitments to borrowers and obligations to depositors. The Corporation has established guidelines within its asset-liability management policy to manage liquidity risk. These guidelines include contingent funding alternatives.

Forward-Looking Statements

The information below includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

31

amended, with respect to the financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, future performance and our business. These forward-looking statements are intended to be covered by the safe harbor for “forward-looking statements” provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are those that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements include statements with respect to beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, estimates and intentions that are subject to significant risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors (some of which are beyond our control). Forward-looking statements often include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would” and “could.” Such known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause the actual results to differ materially from the statements, include, but are not limited to, (i) changes in general business, industry or economic conditions or competition; (ii) changes in any applicable law, rule, regulation, policy, guideline or practice governing or affecting financial holding companies and their subsidiaries or with respect to tax or accounting principals or otherwise; (iii) adverse changes or conditions in capital and financial markets; (iv) changes in interest rates; (v) higher than expected costs or other difficulties related to integration of combined or merged businesses; (vi) the inability to realize expected cost savings or achieve other anticipated benefits in connection with business combinations and other acquisitions; (vii) changes in the quality or composition of our loan and investment portfolios; (viii) adequacy of loan loss reserves; (ix) increased competition; (x) loss of certain key officers; (xi) continued relationships with major customers; (xii) deposit attrition; (xiii) rapidly changing technology; (xiv) unanticipated regulatory or judicial proceedings and liabilities and other costs; (xv) changes in the cost of funds, demand for loan products or demand for financial services; and (xvi) other economic, competitive, governmental or technological factors affecting our operations, markets, products, services and prices. Such developments could have an adverse impact on our financial position and our results of operations.

The forward-looking statements are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions. Any forward-looking statement made herein speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

General Overview

The Bank expanded its ERIEBANK division by opening a full service office in Meadville, Pennsylvania in the second quarter of 2010. In addition, a CNB Bank branch was opened in Kylertown, Pennsylvania in the third quarter of 2010, and a CNB Bank loan production office was opened in Indiana, Pennsylvania in the third quarter of 2011. A CNB Bank loan production office in Johnstown, Pennsylvania was closed in the third quarter of 2011. Management believes that our ERIEBANK division, along with our traditional CNB Bank market areas, should provide the Bank with sustained loan growth during 2012. Deposit growth was significant in 2010 and 2011.

Management concentrates on return on average equity and earnings per share metrics, plus other methods to measure the performance of the Corporation. The interest rate environment will continue to play an important role in the future earnings of the Corporation. We experienced some compression of our net interest margin in 2011 and some additional compression is expected in 2012 as a result of the current interest rate environment. During the past several years, we have taken measures such as

32

instituting rate floors on our commercial lines of credit and home equity lines as a result of the historic lows on various key interest rates such as the Prime Rate and 3-month LIBOR. In addition, we decreased interest rates on certain deposit products during 2010 and 2011. Non-interest costs are expected to increase with the growth of the Corporation; however, management’s growth strategies are expected to result in an increase in earning assets as well as enhanced non-interest income which we believe will more than offset increases in non-interest expenses in 2012 and beyond. While past results are not an indication of future earnings, we feel the Corporation is well positioned to sustain core earnings during 2012.

As noted above, on July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was enacted and this law could impact the performance of the Corporation in future periods. The Dodd-Frank Act includes numerous provisions designed to strengthen the financial industry, enhance consumer protection, expand disclosures and provide for transparency. Some of these provisions include changes to FDIC insurance coverage, which has now been increased to $250,000. Additional provisions create a Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which is authorized to write rules on all consumer financial products, and a Financial Services Oversight Council, which is empowered to determine which entities are systematically significant and require tougher regulations and is charged with reviewing, and when appropriate, submitting comments to the Securities and Exchange Commission and Financial Accounting Standards Board with respect to existing or proposed accounting principles, standards or procedures. Although the aforementioned provisions are only a few of the numerous ones included in the Dodd-Frank Act, the full impact of the entire Dodd-Frank Act will not be known until the full implementation is completed.

Financial Condition

The following table presents ending balances, growth, and the percentage change of certain measures of our financial condition for specified years (dollars in millions):

	2011 Balance		$ Change vs. prior year		% Change vs. prior year		2010 Balance		$ Change vs. prior year		% Change vs. prior year		2009 Balance
Total assets	$	1,602.2	$	188.7		13.3	$	1,413.5	$	251.9		21.7	$	1,161.6
Total loans, net		837.3		53.6		6.8		783.7		78.4		11.1		705.3
Total securities		641.3		138.3		27.5		503.0		155.3		44.7		347.7
Total deposits		1,353.9		191.0		16.4		1,162.9		206.0		21.5		956.9
Total shareholders’ equity		131.9		22.3		20.3		109.6		40.2		57.9		69.4

Overview of Balance Sheet

The increase in assets of 13.3% during 2011 was primarily the result of continued deposit growth, with corresponding investments in the loan and securities portfolios. The loan growth occurred in both the commercial and residential mortgage areas due to our focus on private banking and the historically low interest rates throughout 2011 which resulted in refinancing activity as well as new mortgage loans and home equity borrowings. Although the Corporation’s loan growth was 6.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011, its deposit growth was even more significant as total deposits grew by $191.0 million, or 16.4%, during 2011. As such, the Corporation purchased additional available-for-sale securities. The specific effects to each area are described in the following sections.

33

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents totaled $39.7 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $37.4 million at December 31, 2010. Cash and cash equivalents will fluctuate based on the timing and amount of liquidity events that occur in the normal course of business. The year end balance is considered reasonable to support our expected funding needs in the short term.

We believe the liquidity needs of the Corporation are satisfied by the current balance of cash and cash equivalents, readily available access to traditional funding sources, Federal Home Loan Bank financing, and the portion of the securities and loan portfolios that matures within one year. These sources of funds will enable the Corporation to meet cash obligations and off-balance sheet commitments as they come due.

Securities

Securities available for sale and trading securities have combined to increase $138.3 million, or 27.5%, at December 31, 2011 when compared to December 31, 2010. The increase is primarily due to purchases of securities issued by state and local political subdivisions, structured collateralized mortgage obligations, and pooled Small Business Association securities, and resulted from excess deposit growth not reinvested in loans. Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements provides more detail concerning the composition of the Corporation’s securities portfolio, the process for evaluating securities for other-than-temporary impairment, and for valuation of structured pooled trust preferred securities.

The Corporation generally buys into the market over time and does not attempt to “time” its transactions. In doing this, the highs and lows of the market are averaged into the portfolio and minimize the overall effect of different rate environments. We monitor the earnings performance and the effectiveness of the liquidity of the securities portfolio on a regular basis through meetings of the Asset/Liability Committee of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (“ALCO”). The ALCO also reviews and manages interest rate risk for the Corporation. Through active balance sheet management and analysis of the securities portfolio, we maintain a sufficient level of liquidity to satisfy depositor requirements and various credit needs of our customers.

Loans

The Corporation’s lending is focused in the west central and northwest Pennsylvania markets and consists principally of commercial and retail lending, which includes single family residential mortgages and other consumer loans.

34

As detailed in the table below, at December 31, 2011, the Corporation had $849.9 million in loans outstanding, net of unearned discount, an increase of $55.3 million (or 7.0%) since December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily the result of two factors. The first factor was increasing demand for commercial mortgage loans. The Corporation views commercial lending as its competitive advantage and continues to focus on this area by hiring and retaining experienced loan officers and supporting them with quality credit analysis. The second factor was increasing demand for residential mortgage loan products due to historically low interest rates throughout 2011, resulting in both refinancing activity as well as new mortgage loans and home equity borrowings.

(dollars in thousands)	2011			2010
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	253,324		$	257,491
Commercial mortgages		242,511			212,878
Residential real estate		298,628			266,604
Consumer		54,677			53,202
Credit cards		3,206			2,870
Overdrafts		423			3,964
Less: unearned discount		(2,886	)		(2,447	)
Total loans, net of unearned discount	$	849,883		$	794,562

With continued economic improvement in our market areas, the Corporation expects loan demand in 2012 to be consistent with 2011.

Loan Concentration

The Corporation monitors loan concentrations by individual industries in order to track potential risk exposures resulting from industry related downturns. At December 31, 2011, no concentration existed within our commercial or real estate loan portfolio that exceeded 10% of the total loans.

Loan Quality

The Corporation has established written lending policies and procedures that require underwriting standards, loan documentation, and credit analysis standards to be met prior to funding a loan. Subsequent to the funding of a loan, ongoing review of credits is required. Credit reviews are performed annually on a minimum of 65% of the commercial loan portfolio by an outsourced loan review firm. In addition, classified assets, past due loans and nonaccrual loans are reviewed by the loan review partner semiannually and monthly by our credit administration staff.

The following table presents information concerning loan delinquency and other non-performing assets at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (dollars in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Non-accrual loans	$	16,567	$	11,926	$	12,757
Accrual loans greater than 89 days past due		441		889		548
Total nonperforming loans		17,008		12,815		13,305
Other real estate owned		505		396		252
Total nonperforming assets	$	17,513	$	13,211	$	13,557
Total loans, net of unearned income	$	849,883	$	794,562	$	715,142
Nonperforming loans as a percentage of loans, net		2.00%		1.61%		1.86%
Total assets	$	1,602,207	$	1,413,511	$	1,161,591
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets		1.09%		0.93%		1.17%

35

Management continues to closely monitor nonperforming loans. Although the ratio of nonperforming loans to total net loans increased from 1.61% in 2010 to 2.00% in 2011, management does not believe the increase to be a result of deterioration in our underwriting or credit analysis processes, but more a result of overall economic conditions regionally as well as nationally. The Corporation’s nonperforming loans to total loans ratio continues to be favorable compared to peer institutions. See the “Allowance for Loan Losses” section for further discussion of credit review procedures and increases in nonperforming loans.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established by provisions for losses in the loan portfolio as well as overdrafts in deposit accounts. These provisions are charged against current income. Loans and overdrafts deemed not collectible are charged off against the allowance while any subsequent collections are recorded as recoveries and increase the allowance.

The following table presents activity within the allowance for loan losses during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (dollars in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Balance at beginning of period	$	10,820		$	9,795		$	8,719
Charge-offs:
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural		1,796			543			860
Commercial mortgages		175			2,061			381
Residential real estate		217			211			378
Consumer		907			1,223			1,622
Credit cards		39			94			101
Overdrafts		222			239			269
		3,356			4,371			3,611
Recoveries:
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural		9			11			2
Commercial mortgages		-			3			-
Residential real estate		13			2			1
Consumer		88			100			62
Credit cards		10			10			13
Overdrafts		94			112			144
		214			238			222
Net charge-offs		(3,142	)		(4,133	)		(3,389	)
Provision for loan losses		4,937			5,158			4,465
Balance at end of period	$	12,615		$	10,820		$	9,795
Loans, net of unearned income	$	849,883		$	794,562		$	715,142
Allowance to net loans		1.48%			1.36%			1.37%

36

The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is subject to a formal analysis by the credit administrator of the Corporation. As part of the formal analysis, delinquencies and losses are monitored monthly. The loan portfolio is divided into several categories in order to better analyze the entire pool. First is a selection of impaired loans that is given a specific reserve. The remaining loans are pooled, by category, into these segments:

Reviewed

• Commercial, industrial, and agricultural

• Commercial mortgages

Homogeneous

• Residential real estate

• Consumer

• Credit cards

• Overdrafts

The reviewed loan pools are further segregated into three categories: special mention, substandard, and doubtful. Historical loss factors are calculated for each pool excluding overdrafts based on the previous eight quarters of experience. The homogeneous pools are evaluated by analyzing the historical loss factors from the most previous quarter end and the two most recent year ends.

The historical loss factors for both the reviewed and homogeneous pools are adjusted based on these six qualitative factors:

• levels of and trends in delinquencies, non-accrual loans, and classified loans;

• trends in volume and terms of loans;

• effects of any changes in lending policies and procedures;

• experience, ability and depth of management;

• national and local economic trends and conditions; and

• concentrations of credit

The methodology described above was created using the experience of our credit administrator, guidance from the regulatory agencies, expertise of our third party loan review provider, and discussions with our peers. The resulting factors are applied to the pool balances in order to estimate the probable risk of loss within each pool. As a result of the application of these procedures, the allocation of the allowance for loan losses was as follows at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	4,511	$	3,517	$	2,790
Commercial mortgages		4,470		3,511		3,291
Residential real estate		1,991		1,916		1,583
Consumer		1,404		1,561		1,751
Credit cards		71		96		85
Overdrafts		168		219		295
Total	$	12,615	$	10,820	$	9,795

37

Throughout 2011, the Corporation evaluated its provision and allowance for loan losses in light of increases in reserves required for impaired loans, increases in nonperforming loans, as well as growth in loans outstanding. Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements provides further disclosure of loan balances by portfolio segment as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, as well as the nature and scope of loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring during 2011 and 2010 and the related effect on the provision and allowance for loan losses.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, one relationship comprising two commercial loans became impaired, resulting in a provision for loan losses of $1.7 million and a chargeoff of $1.4 million. As of December 31, 2011, the carrying value of the loans is $2.4 million, with a specific reserve of $300 thousand. In addition, a relationship comprising one commercial loan and two commercial real estate loans became impaired during the fourth quarter of 2011, resulting in a provision for loan losses of $600 thousand, or 65% of the carrying value of the loans.

Finally, the effect of increases in net chargeoffs in 2011, 2010, and 2009 as compared to net chargeoffs in 2008 and 2007, as disclosed in the Summary of Loan Loss Experience table in Item 1, continued to have a significant impact on the loan loss reserves required for homogeneous loan pools during the year ended December 31, 2011. As disclosed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the homogeneous reserve for commercial, industrial, and agricultural loans increased from $3.4 million at December 31, 2010 to $4.2 million at December 31, 2011 and the homogeneous reserved for commercial mortgage loans increased from $2.8 million at December 31, 2010 to $3.3 million at December 31, 2011.

Prudent business practices dictate that the level of the allowance, as well as corresponding charges to the provision for loan losses, should be commensurate with identified areas of risk within the loan portfolio and the attendant risks inherent therein. The quality of the credit risk management function and the overall administration of this vital segment of the Corporation’s assets are critical to the ongoing success of the Corporation.

The previously mentioned analysis considered numerous historical and other factors to analyze the adequacy of the allowance and charges against the provision for loan losses. Management paid special attention to a section of the analysis that compared and plotted the actual level of the allowance against the aggregate amount of loans adversely classified in order to compute the estimated probable losses associated with those loans. By noting the “spread” at that time, as well as prior periods, management can determine the current adequacy of the allowance as well as evaluate trends that may be developing. The volume and composition of the Corporation’s loan portfolio continue to reflect growth in commercial credits including commercial real estate loans.

As mentioned in the “Loans” section of this analysis, management considers commercial lending a competitive advantage and continues to focus on this area as part of its strategic growth initiatives. However, management must also consider the fact that the inherent risk is more pronounced in these types of credits and is also driven by the economic environment of its market areas.

Management believes that both its 2011 provision and allowance for loan losses were reasonable and adequate to absorb probable incurred losses in its portfolio at December 31, 2011.

38

Bank Owned Life Insurance

The Corporation has periodically purchased Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”). The policies cover executive officers and a select group of other employees with the Bank being named as beneficiary. Earnings from the BOLI assist the Corporation in offsetting its benefit costs. During the first quarter of 2011, additional BOLI of $5.0 million was purchased.

Funding Sources

Although the Corporation considers short-term borrowings and long-term debt when evaluating funding sources, traditional deposits continue to be the main source for funding. As noted in the following table, traditional deposits increased 16.4% during 2011.

	Percentage change 2011 vs. 2010			Percentage change 2010 vs. 2009			2011		2010		2009
Demand, Non interest bearing		8.4	%		21.1	%	$	152,732	$	140,836	$	116,310
Demand, Interest bearing		7.5	%		16.5	%		305,960		284,538		244,218
Savings deposits		70.4	%		34.8	%		627,106		368,055		273,096
Time deposits		(27.4	%)		14.3	%		268,053		369,439		323,234
Total		16.4	%		21.5	%	$	1,353,851	$	1,162,868	$	956,858

The growth in deposits was primarily due to increases in savings accounts of $259.1 million from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 as a result of the Corporation’s marketing of a new savings product which carries an annual percentage yield which is highly competitive in the current interest rate environment. This increase in savings accounts was offset by an expected decrease in time deposits of $101.4 million as customers who previously held certificates of deposit migrated to the savings product.

Periodically, the Corporation utilizes term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) and other lenders to meet funding obligations or match fund certain loan assets. The terms of these borrowings are detailed at Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.

Shareholders’ Equity

The Corporation’s capital continues to provide a base for profitable growth. The Corporation earned $15.1 million and declared dividends of $8.1 million, resulting in a dividend payout ratio of 53.8% of net income.

39

The Corporation has complied with the standards of capital adequacy mandated by the banking industry. Bank regulators have established “risk-based” capital requirements designed to measure capital adequacy. Risk-based capital ratios reflect the relative risks of various assets banks hold in their portfolios. A weight category of 0% (lowest risk assets), 20%, 50%, or 100% (highest risk assets), is assigned to each asset on the balance sheet. The Corporation’s capital ratios and book value per common share at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	2011			2010
Total risk-based capital ratio		15.14	%		15.38	%
Tier 1 capital ratio		13.89	%		14.13	%
Leverage ratio		8.22	%		8.81	%
Tangible common equity/tangible assets (1)		7.61	%		7.05	%
Book value per share	$	10.66		$	8.96
Tangible book value per share (1)	$	9.78		$	8.08

(1) Tangible common equity, tangible assets and tangible book value per share are non-GAAP financial measures calculated using GAAP amounts. Tangible common equity is calculated by excluding the balance of goodwill and other intangible assets from the calculation of stockholders’ equity. Tangible assets is calculated by excluding the balance of goodwill and other intangible assets from the calculation of total assets. Tangible book value per share is calculated by dividing tangible common equity by the number of shares outstanding. The Corporation believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide information to investors that is useful in understanding its financial condition. Because not all companies use the same calculation of tangible common equity and tangible assets, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures calculated by other companies. A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures is provided below (dollars in thousands, except per share data).

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Shareholders’ equity	$	131,889	$	109,645
Less goodwill		10,821		10,821
Tangible common equity	$	121,068	$	98,824
Total assets	$	1,602,207	$	1,413,511
Less goodwill		10,821		10,821
Tangible assets	$	1,591,386	$	1,402,690
Ending shares outstanding		12,377,318		12,237,261
Tangible book value per share	$	9.78	$	8.08
Tangible common equity/tangible assets		7.61%		7.05%

Liquidity

Liquidity measures an organization’s ability to meet cash obligations as they come due. The consolidated statements of cash flows included in the accompanying financial statements provide analysis of the Corporation’s cash and cash equivalents and the sources and uses of cash. Additionally,

40

the portion of the loan portfolio that matures within one year and maturities within one year in the investment portfolio is considered part of the Corporation’s liquid assets. Liquidity is monitored by both management and the Board’s ALCO, which establishes and monitors ranges of acceptable liquidity. Also, the Bank is a member of FHLB which provides the Bank with a total borrowing line of approximately $514 million with approximately $444 million available at December 31, 2011. Management believes that the Corporation’s current liquidity position is acceptable.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 vs. Year Ended December 31, 2010

Overview of the Income Statement

The Corporation had net income of $15.1 million for 2011 compared to $11.3 million for 2010. The increase in net income is attributable to an increase in net interest income of $6.0 million, or 14.4%, as well as an increase in non-interest income of $1.1 million, or 11.1%. The earnings per diluted share increased from $1.06 in 2010 to $1.23 in 2011. The return on assets and the return on equity for 2011 are 1.00% and 12.36% as compared to 0.87% and 11.62% for 2010.

Interest Income and Expense

Net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis was 3.59% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 3.65% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Total interest and dividend income increased by $4.6 million, or 7.5%, as compared to 2010. Although the Corporation’s earning assets continue to grow, these increases have been offset by decreases in the yield on earning assets as a result of the current interest rate environment. The Corporation’s average earning assets increased by $203.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 while the yield during that time decreased by 66 basis points from 5.23% to 4.84%. Total interest expense decreased $1.5 million, or 7.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the comparable period in 2010 due in part to the Corporation’s repayment and refinancing of long-term debt in 2010. In addition, as a result of the Corporation’s focus on deposit mix and active management of deposit rates, the cost of interest bearing deposits decreased by 20 basis points which offset the increase in average interest bearing deposits of $164.0 million.

Provision for Loan Losses

The Corporation recorded a provision for loan losses of $4.9 million in 2011 compared to $5.2 million in 2010. Net loan chargeoffs were $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $4.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. However, as disclosed in the Allowance for Loan Losses section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis, the Corporation significantly increased its general reserve for both commercial, industrial, and agricultural loans and commercial loans during 2011. In combination, these factors resulted in a slightly lower provision for loan losses in 2011 compared to 2010.

Management believes the charges to the provision in 2011 are appropriate and the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable incurred losses in our portfolio as of December 31, 2011.

Non-Interest Income

Net realized securities gains during the year ended December 31, 2011 were $614 thousand, compared to net realized securities gains of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. During the years

41

ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, other-than-temporary impairment charges of $398 thousand and $2.2 million, respectively, were recorded in earnings on structured pooled trust preferred securities. In addition, the Corporation recorded realized and unrealized gains during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 of $64 thousand and $162 thousand, respectively, for securities for which the fair value option was elected.

Excluding the effects of securities transactions, non-interest income was $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Non-Interest Expense

Total non-interest expenses increased $1.5 million, or 4.7%, during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. Salaries and benefits expenses increased $1.6 million, or 10.2%, during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, in part due to an increase in average full-time equivalent employees from 288 in 2010 to 297 in 2011. In addition, certain employee benefit expenses, such as health insurance premiums, continued to increase in line with market conditions. FDIC insurance expenses decreased $360 thousand, or 22.2%, during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 due to the change in the FDIC insurance calculation from a deposit based formula to a tangible assets based formula in the second quarter of 2011.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 vs. Year Ended December 31, 2009

Overview of the Income Statement

The Corporation had net income of $11.3 million for 2010 compared to $8.5 million for 2009. The increase in net income is attributable to an increase in net interest income of $4.7 million, or 12.5%, as well as an increase in non-interest income of $1.7 million, or 21.4%. The earnings per diluted share increased from $0.98 in 2009 to $1.06 in 2010. The return on assets and the return on equity for 2010 are 0.87% and 11.62% as compared to 0.79% and 12.86% for 2009.

Interest Income and Expense

Net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis was 3.65% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 4.00% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Total interest and dividend income increased by $5.3 million, or 9.4%, as compared to 2009. Although the Corporation’s earning assets continued to grow in 2010, the increases were offset by decreases in the yield on earning assets as a result of the then-current interest rate environment. The Corporation’s average earning assets increased by $227.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 while the yield during that time decreased by 66 basis points from 5.89% to 5.23%. Total interest expense increased $588 thousand, or 3.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the comparable period in 2009. As a result of the Corporation’s focus on deposit mix and active management of deposit rates, the cost of interest bearing deposits decreased by 29 basis points which offset the increase in average interest bearing deposits of $190.8 million.

The Corporation’s interest expense on borrowings was negatively impacted by a $707 thousand prepayment penalty that was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2010 when management elected to prepay a long-term borrowing having a fixed interest rate of 5.63%. The effect of this prepayment penalty was to reduce the net interest margin by 6 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2010.

42

Provision for Loan Losses

The Corporation recorded a provision for loan losses of $5.2 million in 2010 compared to $4.5 million in 2009. The Corporation experienced an increased level of charge-offs over 2009 even though net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans remain at a modest level in comparison to our peer group. However, because of the increase in net charge-offs and the overall growth of the loan portfolio, as well as management’s detailed evaluation of problem loans, criticized assets, and the overall effects of the economy in our markets, an increase in the provision was deemed necessary. Management believes the charges to the provision in 2010 were appropriate.

Non-Interest Income

Net realized securities gains during the year ended December 31, 2010 were $1.7 million, compared to net realized securities gains of $395 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $2.2 million and $2.4 million, respectively, was recorded in earnings on structured pooled trust preferred securities.

Excluding the effects of securities transactions, non-interest income was $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Wealth and asset management fees increased $378 thousand, or 26.1%, during the year ended December 31, 2010 as a result of growth in this business segment’s customer base as well as growth in the market value of the portfolios of existing customers.

Non-Interest Expense

Total non-interest expense increased $1.8 million, or 5.9%, during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Salaries and benefits expenses increased $1.0 million, or 7.0%, during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily as a result of an increase in full-time equivalent employees from 280 at December 31, 2009 to 288 at December 31, 2010.

Insurance premiums due to the FDIC decreased by $128 thousand, or 7.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009 due to the special assessment in the amount of $475 thousand that was incurred during the quarter ended June 30, 2009. Excluding this special assessment, FDIC insurance premiums increased $347 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009, as a result of increases in the deposits on which the premium assessment is based as well as higher assessment rates in 2010.

Net occupancy expenses increased $255 thousand, or 6.3%, and data processing expenses increased $309 thousand, or 12.4%, during the year ended December 31, 2010 as a result of the Corporation’s continued growth.

Income Tax Expense

Income taxes were $5.5 million in 2011, compared to $3.5 million in 2010 and $2.4 million in 2009. The effective tax rates were 26.8%, 23.5%, and 21.7% for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The effective tax rate for the periods differed from the federal statutory rate of 35.0% principally as a result of tax-exempt income from securities and loans as well as earnings from bank owned life insurance. The increase in the effective tax rate from 2009 and 2010 to 2011 is attributable to a lower percentage of tax-exempt income in 2011 compared to pre-tax income.

43

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The Corporation has various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments that may require future cash payments. The following table presents, as of December 31, 2011, significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by payment date. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced note to the consolidated financial statements.

	Payments Due In
(dollars in thousands)	Note Reference		One Year or Less		One to Three Years		Three to Five Years		Over Five Years		Total
Deposits without a stated maturity			$	1,085,798		-		-		-	$	1,085,798
Certificates of deposit		9		92,132		135,127		33,274		7,520		268,053
FHLB and other borrowings		10		162		342		20,374		53,578		74,456
Operating leases		6		345		478		405		1,252		2,480
Sale-leaseback		6		112		224		224		1,117		1,677
Subordinated debentures		10		-		-		-		20,620		20,620

The Corporation’s operating lease obligations represent short and long-term lease and rental payment for facilities. The Corporation’s sale-leaseback obligation represents a long-term real estate lease associated with one of the Corporation’s branch office locations.

The Corporation also has obligations under its postretirement plan for health care and supplemental executive retirement plan as described in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements. The postretirement benefit payments represent actuarially determined future benefit payments to eligible plan participants. The supplemental executive retirement plan allocates expenses over the participant’s service period. The Corporation reserves the right to terminate these plans at any time.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for information about our off-balance sheet arrangements.

Applications of Critical Accounting Policies

The Corporation’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. and follow general practices within the industries in which the Corporation operates. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates or judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates or judgments. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Estimates or judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility. The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other third party sources, when available. When third-party information is not available, valuation adjustments are estimated in good faith by management primarily through the use of internal cash flow modeling techniques.

44

The most significant accounting policies used by the Corporation are presented in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other financial statement notes and in this financial review, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined. Management views critical accounting policies to be those which are highly dependent on subjective or complex judgments, estimates and assumptions, and where changes in those estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on the financial statements.

A material estimate that is susceptible to significant change is the determination of the allowance for loan losses. The Corporation’s methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses is described previously in Management’s Discussion and Analysis. Given the subjective nature of identifying and valuing loan losses, it is likely that well-informed individuals could make materially different assumptions and could therefore calculate a materially different allowance value. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, changes in economic conditions may necessitate revisions in future years. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Corporation to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.

Another material estimate is the calculation of fair values of the Corporation’s debt securities. For most of the Corporation’s debt securities, the Corporation receives estimated fair values from an independent valuation service or from brokers. In developing fair values, the valuation service and the brokers use estimates of cash flows, based on historical performance of similar instruments in similar interest rate environments. Based on experience, management is aware that estimated fair values of debt securities tend to vary among brokers and other valuation services.

ITEM 7A  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments due to changes in interest rates, exchange rates, and equity prices. As a financial holding company, the Corporation is primarily sensitive to the interest rate risk component. Changes in interest rates will affect the levels of income and expense recorded on a large portion of the Bank’s assets and liabilities. Additionally, such fluctuations in interest rates will impact the market value of all interest sensitive assets. The ALCO is responsible for reviewing the interest rate sensitivity position and establishing policies to control exposure to interest rate fluctuations. The primary goal established by these policies is to increase total income within acceptable risk limits.

The Corporation monitors interest rate risk through the use of two models: earnings simulation and static gap. Each model standing alone has limitations; however, taken together they represent in management’s opinion a reasonable view of the Corporation’s interest rate risk position.

STATIC GAP: Gap analysis is intended to provide an approximation of projected repricing of assets and liabilities at a point in time on the basis of stated maturities, prepayments, and scheduled interest rate adjustments within selected time intervals. A gap is defined as the difference between the principal amount of assets and liabilities which reprice within those time intervals. The cumulative one year gap at December 31, 2011 was 11.83% of total earning assets compared to policy guidelines of plus or minus 15.0%. The one year gap was 3.23% at December 31, 2010.

45

Fixed rate securities, loans and CDs are included in the gap repricing based on time remaining until maturity. Mortgage prepayments are included in the time frame in which they are expected to be received.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in Static Gap. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may not react correspondingly to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate with changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types of assets may lag behind changes in market rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features, like annual and lifetime rate caps, which restrict changes in interest rates both on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, in the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate from those assumed in the table. Finally, the ability of certain borrowers to make scheduled payments on their adjustable-rate loans may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.

EARNINGS SIMULATION: This model forecasts the projected change in net income resulting from an increase or decrease in the federal funds rate. The model assumes a one time shock of plus or minus 200 basis points or 2%.

The model makes various assumptions about cash flows and reinvestments of these cash flows in the different rate environments. Generally, repayments, maturities and calls are assumed to be reinvested in like instruments and no significant change in the balance sheet mix is assumed. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates which would produce significant differences in the calculated projected change in income. The limits stated above do not necessarily represent measures that would be taken by management in order to stabilize income results. The instruments on the balance sheet react at different speeds to various changes in interest rates as discussed under Static Gap. In addition, there are strategies available to management that may help mitigate a decline in income caused by a rapid change in interest rates.

The following table below summarizes the information from the interest rate risk measures reflecting rate sensitive assets to rate sensitive liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011			2010
Static 1-Yr. Cumulative Gap		11.83	%		3.23	%
Earnings Simulation:
-200 bps vs. Stable Rate		N/A			N/A
+200 bps vs. Stable Rate		16.93	%		0.10	%

The interest rate sensitivity position at both December 31, 2011 and 2010 was asset sensitive in the short term. As the federal funds rate was at 0.25% on December 31, 2011 and 2010, the -200 bps scenario has been excluded. Management measures the potential impact of significant changes in interest rates on both earnings and equity. By the use of computer generated models, the potential impact of these changes has been determined to be acceptable with modest effects on net income and equity given an interest rate shock of an increase in the federal funds rate of 2.0%. We continue to monitor the interest rate sensitivity through the ALCO and use the data to make strategic decisions.

46

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Dollars in thousands

	December 31,
	2011			2010
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks	$	36,032		$	24,584
Interest bearing deposits with other banks		3,671			12,848
Total cash and cash equivalents		39,703			37,432
Interest bearing time deposits with other banks		224			2,817
Securities available for sale		638,107			500,677
Trading securities		3,233			2,351
Loans held for sale		1,442			4,451
Loans		852,769			797,009
Less: unearned discount		(2,886	)		(2,447	)
Less: allowance for loan losses		(12,615	)		(10,820	)
Net loans		837,268			783,742
FHLB and other equity interests		6,537			6,415
Premises and equipment, net		24,004			24,135
Bank owned life insurance		25,672			19,742
Mortgage servicing rights		906			908
Goodwill		10,821			10,821
Accrued interest receivable and other assets		14,290			20,020
TOTAL ASSETS	$	1,602,207		$	1,413,511
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Non-interest bearing deposits	$	152,732		$	140,836
Interest bearing deposits		1,201,119			1,022,032
Total deposits		1,353,851			1,162,868
Treasury, tax and loan borrowings		0			1,248
FHLB and other borrowings		74,456			105,259
Subordinated debentures		20,620			20,620
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities		21,391			13,871
Total liabilities		1,470,318			1,303,866
Common stock, $0 par value; authorized 50,000,000 shares; issued 12,599,603 shares		0			0
Additional paid in capital		44,350			44,676
Retained earnings		80,038			73,059
Treasury stock, at cost (222,285 shares for 2011 and 362,342 for 2010)		(3,260	)		(5,417	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		10,761			(2,673	)
Total shareholders’ equity		131,889			109,645
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	1,602,207		$	1,413,511

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

47

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Dollars in thousands, except per share data

	Year ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME:
Loans including fees	$	48,324		$	46,955		$	45,839
Deposits with banks		110			125			215
Securities:
Taxable		14,285			11,603			7,687
Tax-exempt		2,957			2,435			2,095
Dividends		36			29			34
Total interest and dividend income		65,712			61,147			55,870
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Deposits		13,625			13,558			13,091
Borrowed funds		3,176			4,716			4,527
Subordinated debentures		778			782			850
Total interest expense		17,579			19,056			18,468
NET INTEREST INCOME		48,133			42,091			37,402
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES		4,937			5,158			4,465
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES		43,196			36,933			32,937
NON-INTEREST INCOME:
Wealth and asset management fees		1,691			1,829			1,451
Service charges on deposit accounts		4,233			4,226			4,309
Other service charges and fees		1,626			1,396			1,322
Net realized gains (losses) from sales of securities for which fair value was elected		30			(68	)		0
Net unrealized gains on securities for which fair value was elected		34			230			293
Mortgage banking		735			814			1,058
Bank owned life insurance		930			802			720
Other		1,224			1,002			845
		10,503			10,231			9,998
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on available-for-sale securities		(398	)		(2,241	)		(2,443	)
Less portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)		0			0			0
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings		(398	)		(2,241	)		(2,443	)
Net realized gains on available-for-sale securities		614			1,660			395
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings and realized gains on available-for-sale securities		216			(581	)		(2,048	)
Total non-interest income		10,719			9,650			7,950
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES:
Salaries		12,349			11,358			10,403
Employee benefits		4,936			4,328			4,257
Net occupancy expense		4,416			4,326			4,071
Data processing		2,754			2,797			2,488
State and local taxes		1,275			1,162			908
Legal, professional and examination fees		956			849			897
Advertising		822			795			620
FDIC insurance		1,259			1,619			1,747
Intangible asset amortization		0			85			100
Directors fees and benefits		591			437			732
Other		3,924			4,042			3,798
Total non-interest expenses		33,282			31,798			30,021
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES		20,633			14,785			10,866
INCOME TAX EXPENSE		5,529			3,469			2,354
NET INCOME	$	15,104		$	11,316		$	8,512
EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Basic	$	1.23		$	1.06		$	0.98
Diluted		1.23			1.06			0.98

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

48

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Dollars in thousands

	Year ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	15,104		$	11,316		$	8,512
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:
Provision for loan losses		4,937			5,158			4,465
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment		2,075			2,034			1,997
Securities amortization and accretion and deferred loan fees and costs		2,786			1,466			1,240
Deferred taxes		441			2,251			(1,746	)
Net impairment losses realized in earnings and gains on sales of available-for-sale securities		(216	)		581			2,048
Net realized and unrealized gains on securities for which fair value was elected		(64	)		(162	)		(293	)
Proceeds from sale of securities for which fair value was elected		343			34			0
Purchase of securities for which fair value was elected		(1,266	)		0			0
Gain on sale of loans		(638	)		(688	)		(931	)
Net gains on dispositions of premises and equipment and foreclosed assets		(104	)		(117	)		(24	)
Proceeds from sale of loans		23,324			22,585			50,507
Origination of loans held for sale		(19,927	)		(28,706	)		(49,717	)
Increase in bank owned life insurance		(930	)		(802	)		(720	)
Stock-based compensation expense		213			205			122
Contribution of treasury stock		120			26			0
Changes in:
Accrued interest receivable and other assets		(1,342	)		(3,661	)		(3,385	)
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities		5,529			(374	)		2,859
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES		30,385			11,146			14,934
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Net decrease in interest bearing time deposits with other banks		2,593			3,571			127
Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of securities		101,178			111,827			89,371
Proceeds from sales of securities		69,740			95,381			107,561
Purchase of securities		(288,757	)		(360,837	)		(305,099	)
Loan origination and payments, net		(58,552	)		(80,435	)		(45,544	)
Purchase of bank owned life insurance		(5,000	)		(2,500	)		0
Redemption (purchase) of FHLB and other equity interests		(122	)		492			(1,092	)
Purchase of premises and equipment		(1,705	)		(1,992	)		(1,479	)
Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment and foreclosed assets		257			823			696
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES		(180,368	)		(233,670	)		(155,459	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net change in:
Checking, money market and savings accounts		292,369			159,805			162,670
Certificates of deposit		(101,386	)		46,205			(20,408	)
Proceeds from sale of treasury stock		1,188			1,200			1,144
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, including tax benefit		259			69			761
Proceeds from stock offering, net of issuance costs		0			32,128			0
Cash dividends paid		(8,125	)		(6,933	)		(5,726	)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings		700			20,000			625
Repayments on long-term borrowings		(133	)		(46,114	)		(4,600	)
Net change in short-term borrowings		(32,618	)		31,238			(2,839	)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES		152,254			237,598			131,627
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		2,271			15,074			(8,898	)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, Beginning		37,432			22,358			31,256
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, Ending	$	39,703		$	37,432		$	22,358
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest	$	17,937		$	19,296		$	18,552
Income taxes		3,991			3,342			2,484
SUPPLEMENTAL NONCASH DISCLOSURES:
Transfers to other real estate owned	$	249		$	453		$	253
Loans transferred from held for sale to held for investment		0			3,321			1,736
Grant of restricted stock awards from treasury stock		266			233			198

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

49

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010, AND 2009

Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

	Additional Paid-In Capital			Retained Earnings			Treasury Stock			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total Share- holders’ Equity
Balance, January 1, 2009	$	12,913		$	65,890		$	(9,332	)	$	(7,004	)	$	62,467
Comprehensive income:
Net income for 2009					8,512									8,512
Other comprehensive loss:
Net change in unrealized losses on available for sale securities,net of reclassification and taxes of $1,111											2,063			2,063
Change in actuarial gain, net of amortization and tax effects forpost-employment health care plan, net of tax of ($74)											(138	)		(138	)
Change in fair value of interest rate swap agreement designatedas a cash flow hedge, net of tax of $110											204			204
Total other comprehensive loss														2,129
Total comprehensive income														10,641
Restricted stock award grants (14,159 shares)		(198	)					198
Forfeiture of restricted stock award grants (1,701 shares)		17						(17	)
Exercise of stock options (63,712 shares), including tax benefit		(125	)					886						761
Stock based compensation expense		122												122
Reissue of treasury stock (89,047 shares)		(98	)					1,242						1,144
Cash dividends declared ($0.66 per share)					(5,726	)								(5,726	)
Balance, December 31, 2009		12,631			68,676			(7,023	)		(4,875	)		69,409
Comprehensive income:
Net income for 2010					11,316									11,316
Other comprehensive income:
Net change in unrealized losses on available for sale securities,net of reclassification and taxes of $1,375											2,554			2,554
Change in actuarial gain, net of amortization and tax effects forpost-employment health care plan, net of tax of ($132)											(245	)		(245	)
Change in fair value of interest rate swap agreement designatedas a cash flow hedge, net of tax of ($58)											(107	)		(107	)
Total other comprehensive income														2,202
Total comprehensive income
Common shares issued (3,365,853 shares)		32,128												13,518
Restricted stock award grants (16,500 shares)		(233	)					233						32,128
Forfeiture of restricted stock award grants (1,343 shares)		20						(20	)
Exercise of stock options (8,206 shares), including tax benefit		(37	)					121						84
Stock based compensation expense		205												205
Reissue of treasury stock (86,772 shares)		(38	)					1,272						1,234
Cash dividends declared ($0.66 per share)					(6,933	)								(6,933	)
Balance, December 31, 2010		44,676			73,059			(5,417	)		(2,673	)		109,645
Comprehensive income:
Net income for 2011					15,104									15,104
Other comprehensive income:
Net change in unrealized losses on available for sale securities,net of reclassification and taxes of $7,772								14,441						14,441
Change in actuarial gain, net of amortization and tax effects forpost-employment health care plan, net of tax of ($261)											(485	)		(485	)
Change in fair value of interest rate swap agreements designatedas a cash flow hedge, net of tax of ($280)											(522	)		(522	)
Total other comprehensive income														13,434
Total comprehensive income
Restricted stock award grants (17,900 shares)		(266	)					266
Forfeiture of restricted stock award grants (1,488 shares)		22						(22	)
Exercise of stock options (28,750 shares), including tax benefit		(133	)					443						310
Stock based compensation expense		213												213
Reissue of treasury stock (94,895 shares)		(162	)					1,470						1,308
Cash dividends declared ($0.66 per share)					(8,125	)								(8,125	)
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	44,350		$	80,038		$	(3,260	)	$	10,761		$	131,889

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

50

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Unless otherwise indicated, dollar amounts are in thousands, except per share data.

Business and Organization

CNB Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) is headquartered in Clearfield, Pennsylvania, and provides a full range of banking and related services through its wholly owned subsidiary, CNB Bank (the “Bank”), which opened its ERIEBANK division during 2005 in the Erie, Pennsylvania market area. In addition, the Bank provides trust and asset management services, including the administration of trusts and estates, retirement plans, and other employee benefit plans as well as a full range of wealth management services. The Bank serves individual and corporate customers and is subject to competition from other financial institutions and intermediaries with respect to these services. In addition to the Bank, the Corporation also entered the consumer discount loan and finance business in 2005 through its wholly owned subsidiary, Holiday Financial Services Corporation (“Holiday”). The Corporation and these and its several other subsidiaries are subject to examination by federal and state regulators. The Corporation’s market area is primarily concentrated in the central and northwest regions of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

Basis of Financial Presentation

The financial statements are consolidated to include the accounts of the Corporation and the Bank, CNB Securities Corporation, Holiday, County Reinsurance Company, and CNB Insurance Agency. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and actual results could differ. The allowance for loan losses, mortgage servicing rights, and fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to change.

Operating Segments

While the chief decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Corporation-wide basis. Operating segments are aggregated into one as operating results for all segments are similar and the accounts of County Reinsurance Company and CNB Insurance Agency are not material to the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

Interest Bearing Time Deposits with Other Banks

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions mature within one year and are carried at cost.

51

Securities

When purchased, securities are classified as held to maturity, trading or available for sale. Debt securities are classified as held to maturity when the Corporation has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. Debt or equity securities are classified as trading when purchased principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term, or when the fair value option has been elected. Trading securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value included in earnings in non-interest income. Available for sale securities are those securities not classified as held to maturity or trading and are carried at their fair value. Unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred tax, on securities classified as available for sale are recorded as other comprehensive income. Management has not classified any debt securities as held to maturity.

The amortized cost of debt securities classified as held to maturity or available for sale is adjusted for the amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts over the period through contractual maturity or, in the case of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, over the estimated life of the security. Such amortization is included in interest income from securities. Gains and losses on securities sold are recorded on the trade date and based on the specific identification method.

Declines in the fair value of debt securities below their cost that are other than temporary and attributable to credit losses are reflected in earnings. Other-than-temporary impairment losses that are not attributable to credit losses are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. In estimating other-than-temporary losses, management considers: the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and the Corporation’s intent to sell, or whether it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If the Corporation intends to sell a security or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell a security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings.

Loans

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding.

Interest income is reported on the interest method and includes amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term. Interest income on commercial, industrial, and agricultural loans, commercial mortgage loans, and residential real estate loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Consumer loans are typically charged off no later than 180 days past due. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. Loans, including loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring, are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. Nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days still on accrual include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. For all portfolio segments, loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

52

Concentration of Credit Risk

Most of the Corporation’s business activity is with customers located within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Therefore, the Corporation’s exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in Pennsylvania’s economy.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to earnings.

Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with servicing rights retained. The carrying value of the mortgage loan sold is reduced by the amount allocated to the servicing right. Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance account.

Management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on historical patterns of charge-offs and recoveries, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, industry experience, economic conditions, and other qualitative factors relevant to the collectability of the loan portfolio. While management believes that the allowance is adequate to absorb probable loan losses incurred at the balance sheet date, future adjustments may be necessary due to circumstances that differ substantially from the assumptions used in evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired or loans otherwise classified as substandard or doubtful. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which the terms have been modified, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired.

Commercial and commercial real estate loans are individually evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures. Troubled debt restructurings are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Corporation determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

53

The general component of the allowance for loan losses covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Corporation over the most recent 2 years. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These historical loss factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies, non-accrual loans, and classified loans; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in lending policies and procedures; experience, ability, and depth of management; national and local economic trends and conditions; and concentrations of credit.

The following portfolio segments, which are the same as the Corporation’s portfolio classifications, and associated risk characteristics have been identified:

— Commercial, industrial, and agricultural – risk characteristics include recession-like economic conditions in many of the markets served by the Corporation and high levels of unemployment, which has caused consumer spending to slow.

— Commercial mortgages – the most significant risk characteristic is the subjectivity involved in real estate valuations for properties located in areas with stagnant or low growth economies.

— Residential real estate – risk characteristics include higher than historical levels of delinquencies and a weakened housing market.

— Consumer – risk characteristics include continuing weakness in industrial employment in many of the markets served by the Corporation and inflation.

— Credit cards – the most significant risk characteristic is the unsecured nature of credit card loans.

— Overdrafts – risk characteristics include the Corporation’s continued deposit growth and overall economic conditions which may lead to a greater likelihood of overdrawn deposit accounts.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB”), the Corporation is required to purchase and hold stock in the FHLB to satisfy membership and borrowing requirements. This stock is restricted in that it can only be sold to the FHLB or to another member institution, and all sales of FHLB stock must be at par. As a result of these restrictions, FHLB stock is unlike other investment securities insofar as there is no trading market for FHLB stock and the transfer price is determined by FHLB membership rules and not by market participants.

As of December 31, 2011, the Corporation holds $5,516 of stock in FHLB. In December 2008, the FHLB voluntarily suspended dividend payments on its stock, as well as the repurchase of excess stock from members. The FHLB cited a significant reduction in the level of core earnings resulting from lower short-term interest rates, the increased cost of liquidity, and constrained access to the debt markets at attractive rates and maturities as the main reasons for the decision to suspend dividends and the repurchase of excess capital stock. In 2011, the FHLB began repurchasing a limited amount of excess stock owned by its member banks, and on February 22, 2012, the FHLB declared its first dividend since the third quarter of 2008.

54

FHLB stock is held as a long-term investment, is valued at its cost basis and is analyzed for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value. The Company evaluates impairment quarterly. The decision of whether impairment exists is a matter of judgment that reflects our view of the FHLB’s long-term performance, which includes factors such as the following:

— its operating performance;

— the severity and duration of declines in the fair value of its net assets related to its capital stock amount;

— its commitment to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to its operating performance;

— the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the FHLB, and accordingly, on the members of FHLB; and

— its liquidity and funding position

After evaluating all of these considerations, the Corporation concluded that the par value of its investment in FHLB stock will be recovered. Accordingly, no impairment charge was recorded on these securities in 2011, 2010, or 2009. Our evaluation of the factors described above in future periods could result in the recognition of impairment charges on FHLB stock.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of premises and equipment is computed principally by the straight line method. In general, useful lives range from 3 to 39 years with lives for furniture, fixtures and equipment ranging from 3 to 10 years and lives of buildings and building improvements ranging from 15 to 39 years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over useful lives of the leasehold improvements or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are charged to expense as incurred.

Foreclosed Assets

Assets acquired through or in lieu of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs when acquired, establishing a new cost basis, and are them carried at the lower of cost or fair value. If fair value declines, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs after acquisition are expensed.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

The Corporation has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill resulting from business combinations prior to January 1, 2009 represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill resulting from business combinations after January 1, 2009 represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill and intangible

55

assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually. The Corporation has selected December 31 as the date to perform the annual impairment test. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on the Corporation’s balance sheet.

Long-term Assets

Premises and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets, and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments

Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Derivatives

Derivative financial instruments are recognized as assets or liabilities at fair value. The Corporation has an interest rate swap agreement, which is used as part of its asset liability management to help manage interest rate risk. The Corporation does not use derivatives for trading purposes.

At the inception of a derivative contract, the Corporation designates the derivative as one of three types based on the purpose of the contract and belief as to its effectiveness as a hedge. These three types are (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”), or (3) an instrument with no hedging designation (“stand-alone derivative”). For a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item, are recognized in current earnings as fair values change. For a cash flow hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative is reported in other comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. For both types of hedges, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not highly effective in hedging the changes in fair value or expected cash flows of the hedged item are recognized immediately in current earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported currently in earnings, as noninterest income.

Net cash settlements on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on the item being hedged. Net cash settlements on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in noninterest income. Cash flows on hedges are classified in the cash flow statement the same as the cash flows of the items being hedged.

The Corporation formally documents the relationship between derivatives and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and the strategy for undertaking hedge transactions, at the inception of the hedging relationship. This documentation includes linking fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Corporation also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing

56

basis, whether the derivative instruments that are used are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. The Corporation discontinues hedge accounting when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative is settled or terminates, a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, a hedged firm commitment is no longer firm, or treatment of the derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate or intended.

When hedge accounting is discontinued, subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded as noninterest income. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value and the existing basis adjustment is amortized or accreted over the remaining life of the asset or liability. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transactions are still expected to occur, gains or losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are amortized into earnings over the same periods which the hedged transactions will affect earnings.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred and amounted to $822, $795, and $620, for 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Servicing rights are recognized separately when they are acquired through sales of loans. Servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded in gains on sales of loans. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, the custodial earnings rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. The Corporation compares the valuation model inputs and results to published industry data in order to validate the model results and assumptions. All classes of servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires servicing rights to be amortized into non-interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans.

Servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to carrying amount. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual grouping, to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount. If the Corporation later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular grouping, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. Changes in valuation allowances are reported with mortgage banking income on the income statement. The fair values of servicing rights are subject to significant fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses.

Servicing fee income, which is reported on the income statement as mortgage banking income, is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal or a fixed amount per loan and are recorded as income when earned. The

57

amortization of mortgage servicing rights is netted against loan servicing fee income. Servicing fees totaled $349, $349, and $321 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Late fees and ancillary fees related to loan servicing are not material.

Common Stock Issuance

On June 18, 2010, the Corporation completed an equity offering, resulting in the issuance of 3,365,853 shares of common stock at $10.25 per share. In total, the Corporation raised proceeds of $32,128, net of issuance costs.

Treasury Stock

The purchase of the Corporation’s common stock is recorded at cost. Purchases of the stock are made both in the open market and through negotiated private purchases based on market prices. At the date of subsequent reissue, the treasury stock account is reduced by the cost of such stock on a first-in-first-out basis.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Corporation has a stock incentive plan for key employees and independent directors. The Stock Incentive Plan, which is administered by a committee of the Board of Directors, provides for up to 500,000 shares of common stock in the form of nonqualified options or restricted stock. For key employees, the plan vesting schedule is one-fourth of granted stock-based awards per year beginning one year after the grant date with 100% vested on the fourth anniversary. For independent directors, the vesting schedule is one-third of granted stock-based awards per year beginning one year after the grant date with 100% vested on the third anniversary.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted under this plan, and no stock options were granted during the years then ended.

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Executive Compensation and Personnel Committee of the Board of Directors granted a total of 17,900, 16,500 and 14,159 shares, respectively, of restricted common stock to certain key employees and all independent directors of the Corporation. Compensation expense for the restricted stock awards is recognized over the requisite service period based on the fair value of the shares at the date of grant on a straight-line basis. Unearned restricted stock awards are recorded as a reduction of shareholders’ equity until earned. Compensation expense resulting from these restricted stock awards was $213, $205 and $122 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Comprehensive Income

The Corporation presents comprehensive income as part of the Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of unrealized holding gains (losses) on the available for sale securities portfolio, changes in the unrecognized actuarial gain and transition obligation related to the Corporation’s post retirement benefits plan, and changes in the fair value of the Corporation’s interest rate swap.

Income Taxes

The Corporation files a consolidated U.S. income tax return that includes all subsidiaries except County Reinsurance Company which files a separate return. Income tax expense is the total of the

58

current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

The Corporation recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Retirement Plans

The Corporation’s expense associated with its 401(k) plan is determined under the provisions of the plan document and includes both matching and profit sharing components. Deferred compensation and supplemental retirement plan expenses allocate the benefits over years of service.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the applicable period, excluding outstanding participating securities. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares determined for the basic computation plus the dilutive effect of potential common shares issuable under certain stock compensation plans. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and are included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. The Corporation has determined that its outstanding non-vested stock awards are participating securities.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, the Corporation defines cash and cash equivalents as cash and due from banks, interest bearing deposits with other banks, and Federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, interest bearing time deposits with other banks and borrowings with original maturities of 90 days or less.

Restrictions on Cash

The Bank is required to maintain average reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank or in vault cash. The average amount of these non-interest bearing reserve balances for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $50, which was maintained in vault cash.

Loss Contingencies

Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there are any such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.

59

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

In December 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-29, “Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations.” This update addresses diversity in practice about the interpretation of the pro forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations. The amendments in the update specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The amendments are effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The effect of adopting this new guidance did not have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” This update clarifies guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether it has granted a concession to a borrower and a creditor’s evaluation of whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties. The amendments in this update are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. As a result of applying these amendments, an entity may identify receivables that are newly considered impaired. For purposes of measuring impairment of those receivables, an entity should apply the amendments prospectively for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. In addition, an entity should disclose the information required by Accounting Standards Codification paragraphs 310-10-50-33 through 50-34, which was deferred by Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-01, for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The effect of adopting this new guidance did not have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial statements.

Effect of Newly Issued But Not Yet Effective Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-4, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” Some amendments in this update clarify the FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurement requirements. Other amendments change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are effective during interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The effect of adopting this new guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-5, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” This update amends the FASB Accounting

60

Standards Codification (Codification) to allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. This update eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments to the Codification in this update do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, and retrospective application is required. The effect of adopting this new guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-08, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” The amendments in the update permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than fifty percent. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The effect of adopting this new guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” This update defers the specific requirement to present items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income separately within their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. As such, the amendments in this update supersede only those paragraphs in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 that pertain to how and where reclassification adjustments are presented. The amendments are effective at the same time as the amendments in Accounting Standards Update 2011-05. The effect of adopting this new guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for comparative purposes.

61

2.  Earnings Per Share

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is shown below (in thousands, except per share data). For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, options to purchase 75,500, 84,250, and 86,750 shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive.

	Years Ended December 31
	2011			2010			2009
Net income per consolidated statements of income	$	15,104		$	11,316		$	8,512
Net earnings allocated to participating securities		(42	)		(33	)		(23	)
Net earnings allocated to common stock	$	15,062		$	11,283		$	8,489
Basic earnings per common share computation
Distributed earnings allocated to common stock	$	8,101		$	6,914		$	5,704
Undistributed earnings allocated to common stock		6,961			4,369			2,785
Net earnings allocated to common stock	$	15,062		$	11,283		$	8,489
Weighted average common shares outstanding, including shares considered participating securities		12,306			10,630			8,668
Less: Average participating securities		(33	)		(30	)		(13	)
Weighted average shares		12,273			10,600			8,655
Basic earnings per common share	$	1.23		$	1.06		$	0.98
Diluted earnings per common share computation
Net earnings allocated to common stock	$	15,062		$	11,283		$	8,489
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share		12,273			10,600			8,655
Add: Dilutive effects of assumed exercises of stock options		6			9			17
Weighted average shares and dilutive potential common shares		12,279			10,609			8,672
Diluted earnings per common share	$	1.23		$	1.06		$	0.98

3.  Securities

Securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	December 31, 2011								December 31, 2010
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized				Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Unrealized					Fair Value
			Gains		Losses						Gains		Losses
U.S. Treasury		$    8,064		$    $66		$          —		$  8,130		$  8,139		$  66	$	—			$    8,205
U.S. Gov’t sponsored entities		102,258		5,249		(15)		107,492		104,328		2,016		(403	)		105,941
State & political subdivisions		149,685		8,844		(92)		158,437		117,928		1,011		(2,528	)		116,411
Residential mortgage & asset backed		292,297		8,043		(214)		300,126		221,304		2,364		(1,249	)		222,419
Commercial mortgage & asset backed		2,077		45		-		2,122		-		-		-			-
Corporate notes & bonds		17,358		50		(3,548)		13,860		14,347		-		(3,596	)		10,751
Pooled trust preferred		800		-		(460)		340		2,190		12		(910	)		1,292
Pooled SBA		44,851		1,282		(77)		46,056		33,788		266		(92	)		33,962
Other securities		1,521		23		-		1,544		1,670		26		-			1,696
Total		$618,911		$23,602		$(4,406)		$638,107		$503,694		$5,761		$(8,778)			$500,677

62

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no holdings of securities by any one issuer, other than U.S. Government sponsored entities, in an amount greater than 10% of shareholders’ equity.

Trading securities accounted for under the fair value option at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	2011		2010
Corporate equity securities	$	1,959	$	952
International mutual funds		257		430
Certificates of deposit		255		208
Money market mutual funds		241		75
Large cap growth mutual funds		145		139
Large cap value mutual funds		105		247
Corporate notes and bonds		100		96
Real estate investment trust mutual funds		68		-
U.S. Government sponsored entities		55		147
Small cap mutual funds		25		29
Mid cap mutual funds		23		28
Total	$	3,233	$	2,351

Securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2011 and 2010, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows:

December 31, 2011	Less than 12 Months					12 Months or More					Total
Description of Securities	Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
U.S. Treasury	$	-	$	-		$	-	$	-		$	-	$	-
U.S. Gov’t sponsored entities		7,671		(15	)		-		-			7,671		(15	)
State & political subdivisions		5,314		(92	)		-		-			5,314		(92	)
Residential mortgage & asset backed		36,626		(162	)		9,485		(52	)		46,111		(214	)
Commercial mortgage & asset backed		-		-			-		-			-		-
Corporate notes & bonds		2,860		(139	)		8,841		(3,409	)		11,701		(3,548	)
Pooled trust preferred		-		-			340		(460	)		340		(460	)
Pooled SBA		8,139		(77	)		-		-			8,139		(77	)
Other securities		-		-			-		-			-		-
	$	60,610	$	(485	)	$	18,666	$	(3,921	)	$	79,276	$	(4,406	)
	Less than 12 Months					12 Months or More					Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
December 31, 2010
U.S. Treasury	$	-	$	-		$	-	$	-		$	-	$	-
U.S. Gov’t sponsored entities		11,077		(403	)		-		-			11,077		(403	)
State & political subdivisions		61,312		(2,440	)		3,904		(88	)		65,216		(2,528	)
Residential mortgage & asset backed		69,576		(1,228	)		5,770		(21	)		75,346		(1,249	)
Corporate notes & bonds		992		(3	)		9,770		(3,593	)		10,762		(3,596	)
Pooled trust preferred		-		-			288		(910	)		288		(910	)
Pooled SBA		12,147		(92	)		-		-			12,147		(92	)
Other securities		-		-			-		-			-		-
	$	155,104	$	(4,166	)	$	19,732	$	(4,612	)	$	174,836	$	(8,778	)

63

The Corporation evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis, or more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation.

At December 31, 2011, management evaluated the structured pooled trust preferred securities for other-than-temporary impairment by estimating the cash flows expected to be received from each security within the collateral pool, taking into account future estimated levels of deferrals and defaults by the underlying issuers, and discounting those cash flows at the appropriate accounting yield. Management also assumed that all issuers in deferral will default prior to their next payment date. Trust preferred collateral is deeply subordinated within issuers’ capital structures, so large recoveries are unlikely. Accordingly, management assumed 10% recoveries on bank collateral and none on collateral issued by other companies. Due to the ongoing crisis in the U.S. economy, management also added a baseline default rate of 2% annually for the next two years to default projections for specific issuers. This percentage represents the peak, post-war bank default rate that occurred at the height of the savings and loan crisis, which we believe is an accurate proxy for the current environment. Management expects that credit markets will begin to normalize and that banks with the financial strength to survive will default at a .36% average annual rate, which represents Moody’s idealized default probability for BBB corporate credits, and is in line with historical bank failure rates. In addition, management expects prepayments to occur at a rate of approximately 5% over a five year period, with the exception of certain large institutions that are expected to call their collateral in 2012 as a result of the elimination of the Tier I capital treatment of trust preferred securities for institutions with greater than $15 billion in assets beginning in 2013.

Using this methodology, five of the Corporation’s structured pooled trust preferred securities are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired as disclosed in the table that follows. The Corporation separated the other-than-temporary impairment related to these structured pooled trust preferred securities into (a) the amount of the total impairment related to credit loss, which is recognized in the income statement, and (b) the amount of the total impairment related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The Corporation measured the credit loss component of other-than-temporary impairment based on the difference between the cost basis and the present value of cash flows expected to be collected.

In addition, Standard & Poors downgraded one of Corporation’s private label collateralized mortgage obligations from AAA to CCC during the third quarter of 2009 and, as a result, the Corporation evaluated this security for other-than-temporary impairment. The amount of other-than-temporary impairment recognized in income during the year ended December 31, 2009 was $28. Because of the continuing deterioration of fair value, as well as additional information about this security that was published in the fourth quarter of 2009, the security was sold in November 2009, resulting in a realized loss of $572.

64

The following table provides detailed information related to the Corporation’s structured pooled trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	As of December 31, 2011							Credit Losses Realizedin Earnings
	Adjusted Amortized		Unrealized Gain			Fair		Year Ended December 31 ,
	Cost		(Loss)			Value		2011		2010		2009
ALESCO Preferred Funding V, Ltd.	$	800	$	(460	)	$	340	$	-	$	440	$	760
ALESCO Preferred Funding XII, Ltd.		-		-			-		280		933		655
ALESCO Preferred Funding XVII, Ltd.		-		-			-		-		-		1,000
Preferred Term Securities XVI, Ltd.		-		-			-		118		868		-
US Capital Funding VI, Ltd.		-		-			-		-		-		-
Total	$	800	$	(460	)	$	340	$	398	$	2,241	$	2,415

A roll-forward of the other-than-temporary impairment amount related to credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

Balance of credit losses on debt securities for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income, beginning of period	$	3,656
Additional credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized		—
Additional credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized		398
Balance of credit losses on debt securities for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income, end of period	$	4,054

A roll-forward of the other-than-temporary impairment amount related to credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:

Balance of credit losses on debt securities for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income, beginning of period	$	1,415
Additional credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized		868
Additional credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized		1,373
Balance of credit losses on debt securities for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income, end of period	$	3,656

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation held five structured pooled trust preferred securities, primarily from issuers in the financial services industry, which are not currently trading in an active, open market with readily observable prices. As a result, these securities were classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. The fair values of these securities have been calculated using a discounted cash flow model and market liquidity premium. With the current market conditions, the assumptions used to determine the fair value of Level 3 securities have greater subjectivity due to the lack of observable market transactions. The fair values of these securities have declined due to the fact that subsequent offerings of similar securities pay a higher market rate of return. This higher rate of return reflects the increased credit and liquidity risks in the marketplace. Except as described above, based on management’s evaluation of the structured pooled trust preferred securities, the present value of the projected cash flows is sufficient for full repayment of the amortized cost of the securities and, therefore, it is believed that the decline in fair value is temporary due to current market conditions. However, without recovery of these securities, other-than-temporary impairments may occur in future periods.

65

For the securities that comprise corporate notes and bonds and the securities that comprise states and political subdivisions, management monitors publicly available financial information such as filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission in order to evaluate the securities for other-than-temporary impairment. For financial institution issuers, management also monitors information from quarterly “call” report filings that are used to generate Uniform Bank Performance Reports. When reviewing this information, management considers the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer and whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred. Management also considers the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than cost and the intent and ability of the Corporation to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, management concluded that the securities described in the previous paragraph were not other-than-temporarily impaired for the following reasons:

— There is no indication of any significant deterioration of the creditworthiness of the institutions that issued the securities.

— The unrealized losses are predominantly attributable to liquidity disruptions within the credit markets and the generally stressed condition of the financial services industry.

— All contractual interest payments on the securities have been received as scheduled, and no information has come to management’s attention through the processes previously described which would lead to a conclusion that future contractual payments will not be received timely.

The Corporation does not intend to sell and it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the securities in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis.

On December 31, 2011 and 2010, securities carried at $264,166 and $127,364, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes as provided by law.

The following is a schedule of the contractual maturity of securities available for sale, excluding equity securities, at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31, 2011
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
1 year or less	$	23,053	$	23,175
1 year – 5 years		81,421		83,503
5 years – 10 years		118,393		126,928
After 10 years		100,149		100,709
		323,016		334,315
Residential mortgage & asset backed securities		292,297		300,126
Commercial mortgage & asset backed securities		2,077		2,122
Total debt securities	$	617,390	$	636,563

Mortgage and asset backed securities are not due at a single date; periodic payments are received based on the payment patterns of the underlying collateral.

66

Information pertaining to security sales is as follows:

Year ended December 31	Proceeds		Gross Gains		Gross Losses
2011	$	69,740	$	878	$	264
2010		95,381		1,677		17
2009		107,561		2,042		1,647

The tax provision related to these net realized gains was $215, $581, and $138, respectively.

During 2011 and 2010, the Corporation sold securities carried at fair value under the fair value option. Proceeds were $343 in 2011 and $34 in 2010, resulting in net gains (losses) of $30 in 2011 and ($68) in 2010.

4.   Loans

Total net loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:

	2010			2009
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	253,324		$	257,491
Commercial mortgages		242,511			212,878
Residential real estate		298,628			266,604
Consumer		54,677			53,202
Credit cards		3,206			2,870
Overdrafts		423			3,964
Less: unearned discount		(2,886	)		(2,447	)
allowance for loan losses		(12,615	)		(10,820	)
Loans, net	$	837,268		$	783,742

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, net unamortized loan costs and fees of ($7) and ($167), respectively, have been included in the carrying value of loans.

The Corporation’s outstanding loans and related unfunded commitments are primarily concentrated within Central and Western Pennsylvania. The Bank attempts to limit concentrations within specific industries by utilizing dollar limitations to single industries or customers, and by entering into participation agreements with third parties. Collateral requirements are established based on management’s assessment of the customer.

67

Transactions in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

	Commercial, Industrial, and Agricultural			Commercial Mortgages			Residential Real Estate			Consumer			Credit Cards			Overdrafts			Total
Allowance for loan losses, January 1, 2011	$	3,517		$	3,511		$	1,916		$	1,561		$	96		$	219		$	10,820
Charge-offs		(1,796	)		(175	)		(217	)		(907	)		(39	)		(222	)		(3,356	)
Recoveries		9			-			13			88			10			94			214
Provision for loan losses		2,781			1,134			279			662			4			77			4,937
Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2011	$	4,511		$	4,470		$	1,991		$	1,404		$	71		$	168		$	12,615

Transactions in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

	2010			2009
Balance, beginning of year	$	9,795		$	8,719
Charge-offs		(4,371	)		(3,611	)
Recoveries		238			222
Net charge-offs		(4,133	)		(3,389	)
Provision for loan losses		5,158			4,465
Balance, end of year	$	10,820		$	9,795

68

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and is based on the Corporation’s impairment method as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

December 31, 2011	Commercial, Industrial,  and Agricultural		Commercial Mortgages		Residential Real Estate		Consumer		Credit Cards		Overdrafts		Total
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	329	$	917	$	19	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	1,265
Collectively evaluated for impairment		4,182		3,325		1,972		1,404		71		168		11,122
Modified in a troubled debt restructuring		-		228		-		-		-		-		228
Total ending allowance balance	$	4,511	$	4,470	$	1,991	$	1,404	$	71	$	168	$	12,615
Loans:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	6,115	$	8,457	$	124	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	14,696
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment		247,209		226,366		298,504		54,677		3,206		423		830,385
Loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring		-		7,688		-		-		-		-		7,688
Total ending loans balance	$	253,324	$	242,511	$	298,628	$	54,677	$	3,206	$	423	$	852,769

December 31, 2010	Commercial, Industrial,  and Agricultural		Commercial Mortgages		Residential Real Estate		Consumer		Credit Cards		Overdrafts		Total
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	142	$	509	$	69	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	720
Collectively evaluated for impairment		3,375		2,759		1,847		1,561		96		219		9,857
Modified in a troubled debt restructuring		-		243		-		-		-		-		243
Total ending allowance balance	$	3,517	$	3,511	$	1,916	$	1,561	$	96	$	219	$	10,820
Loans:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	2,616	$	8,759	$	235	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	11,610
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment		254,875		202,405		266,369		53,202		2,870		3,964		783,685
Loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring		-		1,714		-		-		-		-		1,714
Total ending loans balance	$	257,491	$	212,878	$	266,604	$	53,202	$	2,870	$	3,964	$	797,009

69

The following tables present information related to loans individually evaluated for impairment by portfolio segment as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

December 31, 2011	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	5,991	$	4,477	$	557
Commercial mortgage		3,062		2,403		917
Residential real estate		187		124		19
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural		9,918		9,326		–
Commercial mortgage		7,813		6,054		–
Residential real estate		–		–		–
Total	$	26,971	$	22,384	$	1,493

December 31, 2010	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	4,755	$	4,330	$	385
Commercial mortgage		11,356		8,759		509
Residential real estate		339		235		69
Total	$	16,450	$	13,324	$	963

The unpaid principal balance of impaired loans includes the Corporation’s recorded investment in the loan and amounts that have been charged off. There were no loans evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2010 that had no related allowance recorded.

	Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized		Cash Basis Interest Recognized
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	3,711	$	3	$	3
Commercial mortgage		4,836		19		19
Residential real estate		179		4		4
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural		2,050		–		–
Commercial mortgage		4,631		–		–
Residential real estate		–		–		–
Total	$	15,407	$	26	$	26

	Year ended December 31,
	2010		2009
Average recorded investment in impaired loans	$	12,106	$	10,812
Interest income recognized during impairment		383		116
Cash-basis interest income recognized		383		116

70

The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual loans and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Nonaccrual		Past Due Over 90 Days Still on Accrual		Nonaccrual		Past Due Over 90 Days Still on Accrual
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	6,949	$	10	$	2,344	$	23
Commercial mortgages		8,359		122		8,276		321
Residential real estate		1,254		157		1,306		386
Consumer		5		125		-		154
Credit cards		–		27		–		5
Total	$	16,567	$	441	$	11,926	$	889

Nonaccrual loans and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 by class of loans. The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest and loan origination fees, net due to their insignificance.

December 31, 2011	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater Than 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Loans Not Past Due		Total
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	239	$	53	$	6,959	$	7,251	$	246,073	$	253,324
Commercial mortgages		1,064		2,620		8,481		12,165		230,346		242,511
Residential real estate		1,816		682		1,411		3,909		294,719		298,628
Consumer		392		185		130		707		53,970		54,677
Credit cards		34		19		27		80		3,126		3,206
Overdrafts		–		–		–		–		423		423
Total	$	3,545	$	3,559	$	17,008	$	24,112	$	828,657	$	852,769

December 31, 2010	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater Than 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Loans Not Past Due		Total
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	225	$	2,512	$	2,367	$	5,104	$	252,387	$	257,491
Commercial mortgages		129		1,184		8,597		9,910		202,968		212,878
Residential real estate		1,629		262		1,692		3,583		263,021		266,604
Consumer		455		145		154		754		52,448		53,202
Credit cards		20		10		5		35		2,835		2,870
Overdrafts		–		–		–		–		3,964		3,964
Total	$	2,458	$	4,113	$	12,815	$	19,386	$	777,623	$	797,009

Troubled Debt Restructurings

The Corporation has allocated $228 and $243 of specific reserves to one commercial mortgage customer whose loan terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The interest rate on the original loan was 6.60%. Due to financial difficulties experienced by the customer, the interest rate was reduced to 4.19% in the third quarter of 2010, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $253 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010. The interest rate on this loan was further reduced to 4.07% in 2011, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $5 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011. This loan had a total recorded investment of $1,662 and $1,714 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

71

The Corporation has a commercial mortgage customer whose loan relationships have interest-only terms that were extended during 2011. The original interest rates on the loans, which are also currently the market rates of interest, were not reduced; therefore, no additional provision for loan losses was required to be recorded. These loans have a total recorded investment of $4,588 at December 31, 2011. In addition, the Corporation has a commercial mortgage customer whose loan relationship was restructured due to the forgiveness of accrued interest and late charges. The original interest rate on the loan, which is also currently the market rate of interest, was not reduced; therefore, no additional provision for loan losses was required to be recorded. This loan has a recorded investment of $1,438 at December 31, 2011.

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without a loan modification. This evaluation is performed using the Corporation’s internal underwriting policies.

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 90 days contractually past due under the modified terms. All loans modified in troubled debt restructurings are performing in accordance with their modified terms as of December 31, 2011 and no principal balances were forgiven in connection with the loan restructurings. The Corporation has no further loan commitments to customers whose loans are classified as a troubled debt restructuring.

Credit Quality Indicators

The Corporation classifies commercial, industrial, and agricultural loans and commercial mortgage loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt, such as current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Corporation analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis includes loans with an outstanding balance greater than $1 million bi-annually and loans with an outstanding balance of less than $1 million at least annually.

The Corporation uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention: Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the Corporation’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard: Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Corporation will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful: Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

72

Loans not rated as special mention, substandard, or doubtful are considered to be pass rated loans. All loans included in the following tables have been assigned a risk rating within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

December 31, 2011	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	229,572	$	4,176	$	19,576	$	-	$	253,324
Commercial mortgages		225,654		3,172		13,685		-		242,511
Total	$	455,226	$	7,348	$	33,261	$	-	$	495,835

December 31, 2010	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	236,945	$	3,875	$	16,671	$	-	$	257,491
Commercial mortgages		188,457		5,332		19,051		38		212,878
Total	$	425,402	$	9,207	$	35,722	$	38	$	470,369

The Corporation’s portfolio of residential real estate and consumer loans maintained within Holiday, a subsidiary that offers small balance unsecured and secured loans, primarily collateralized by automobiles and equipment, to borrowers with higher risk characteristics than are typical in the Bank’s consumer loan portfolio, are considered to be subprime loans. The Bank does not have any subprime loans. Holiday’s loan portfolio is summarized as follows at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011			2010
Consumer	$	18,176		$	16,532
Residential real estate		1,056			1,149
Less: unearned discount		(2,886	)		(2,447	)
Total	$	16,346		$	15,234

The Corporation considers the performance of the loan portfolio and its impact on the allowance for loan losses. For residential real estate, consumer, and credit card loan classes, the Corporation also evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of the loan, which was previously presented, and by payment activity. The following table presents the recorded investment in residential and consumer loans based on payment activity as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Residential Real Estate		Consumer		Credit Cards		Residential Real Estate		Consumer		Credit Cards
Performing	$	297,217	$	54,547	$	3,179	$	264,912	$	53,048	$	2,865
Non-performing		1,411		130		27		1,692		154		5
Total	$	298,628	$	54,677	$	3,206	$	266,604	$	53,202	$	2,870

73

5.  Secondary Market Mortgage Activities

The following summarizes secondary market mortgage activities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011		2010		2009
Loans originated for resale, net of principal pay downs	$	19,927	$	28,706	$	49,717
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale		23,324		22,585		50,507
Net gains on sales of loans held for sale		638		688		931
Loan servicing fees		349		349		321

Total loans serviced for others was $109,006, $106,265, and $105,386 at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The following summarizes activity for capitalized mortgage servicing rights for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of year	$	909		$	876		$	552
Additions		249			256			519
Amortization		(252	)		(223	)		(195	)
Balance, end of year	$	906		$	909		$	876

The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The fair value of mortgage servicing rights was $959, $1,010 , and $1,001 at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. No valuation allowance is deemed necessary at December 31, 2011, 2010, or 2009. The fair value of interest rate lock commitments was not material at December 31, 2011, 2010, or 2009.

6.  Premises and Equipment

The following summarizes premises and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011		2010
Land	$	4,122	$	4,122
Premises and leasehold improvements		23,993		23,309
Furniture and equipment		17,527		16,626
Construction in progress		104		140
		45,746		44,197
Less: accumulated depreciation		21,742		20,062
Premises and equipment, net	$	24,004	$	24,135

Depreciation on premises and equipment amounted to $1,823 in 2011, $1,726 in 2010, and $1,702 in 2009.

74

The Corporation is committed under twelve noncancelable operating leases for facilities with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year. The minimum annual rental commitments under these leases at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

2012	$	345
2013		249
2014		229
2015		208
2016		197
Thereafter		1,252
	$	2,480

Rental expense, net of rental income, charged to occupancy expense for 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $349, $368, and $338, respectively.

In December 2009, the Corporation entered into a sale-leaseback transaction for real estate used in the operations of one of its branch office locations. The lease term is seventeen years, with two automatic renewal terms of five years each. The Corporation sold the property for $1,200 but financed the entire sales amount. Because the buyer/lessor did not make an initial investment on the purchase of the real estate that is adequate to transfer the risks and rewards of ownership, the Corporation deferred the entire gain of $489 associated with this transaction, which is included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The gain is being recognized over the term of the loan under the installment method, and the gain recognized was $16 in 2011 and $14 in 2010.

The minimum annual rental commitments under this lease at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

2012	$	112
2013		112
2014		112
2015		112
2016		112
Thereafter		1,117
	$	1,677

7.  Foreclosed Assets

Foreclosed real estate is reported net of a valuation allowance and included in accrued interest receivable and other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Activity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 is as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of year	$	396		$	252		$	671
Additions		249			453			253
Sales (at carrying value)		(140	)		(309	)		(672	)
Balance, end of year	$	505		$	396		$	252

75

Expenses related to foreclosed real estate include:

	2011			2010			2009
Net loss (gain) on sale	$	(101	)	$	(117	)	$	(24	)
Operating expenses, net of rental income		24			69			103
	$	(77	)	$	(48	)	$	79

8.  Goodwill

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

	2011		2010
Balance, beginning of year	$	10,821	$	10,821
Acquired during the year		-		-
Balance, end of year	$	10,821	$	10,821

Impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill exceeds its fair value, which is determined through a two-step impairment test. Step 1 includes the determination of the carrying value of our single reporting unit, including the existing goodwill and intangible assets, and estimating the fair value of the reporting unit. We determined the fair value of our reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we are required to perform a second step to the impairment test. Our annual impairment analysis at December 31, 2011 and 2010 indicated that the Step 2 analysis was not necessary.

9.  Deposits

The following table reflects time certificates of deposit accounts included in total deposits and their remaining maturities at December 31, 2011:

Time deposits maturing:
2012	$	92,132
2013		67,189
2014		67,938
2015		12,833
2016		20,441
Thereafter		7,520
	$	268,053

Certificates of deposit of $100 thousand or more totaled $115,572 and $165,626 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

76

10.  Borrowings

Borrowings included $1,248 of demand notes payable to the U.S. Treasury Department at December 31, 2010. There were no such borrowings at December 31, 2011 since these notes are no longer issued under the U.S. Treasury Department’s program of investing the treasury tax and loan account balances in interest bearing demand notes insured by depository institutions.

The Corporation has available one $9 million line of credit with an unaffiliated institution, with a floating rate of 30 day LIBOR plus 180 basis points and a floor of 3.50%, which was in effect at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were no borrowings on the line at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

FHLB Borrowings

At December 31, 2011, the Bank had remaining borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $444,128. At December 31, 2011, borrowings with the FHLB are secured by a blanket pledge of selected securities in the amount of $198,287 and certain loans with a balance of $497,563 at December 31, 2011. Borrowings from the FHLB at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

Interest Rate	Maturity		2011		2010
(a)		01/31/11	$	–	$	4,750
(b)		09/17/15		20,000		20,000
(c)		06/01/17		10,000		10,000
(d)		08/07/17		5,000		5,000
(e)		08/07/17		5,000		5,000
(f)		08/07/17		10,000		10,000
(g)		10/10/17		10,000		10,000
(h)		07/07/23		700		700
(i)		09/05/23		2,491		2,591
(j)		06/11/24		578		598
(k)		05/24/26		340		–
(l)		10/14/26		347		–
			$	64,456	$	68,639

(a), (b), (h) – Fixed rate borrowings at interest rates of 0.45%, 2.09%, and 4.72%, respectively.

(c) – Interest rate was fixed at 4.60% until June 2009, since which time FHLB has had the option to convert to floating interest rate based on the 3 month LIBOR + 0.16%. The interest rate was 4.60% at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

(d) – Interest rate was fixed at 4.02% until February 2008, since which time FHLB has had the option to convert to a floating interest rate based on the 3 month LIBOR + 0.11%. The interest rate was 4.02% at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

(e) – Interest rate was fixed at 4.10% until August 2008, since which time FHLB has had the option to convert to a floating interest rate based on the 3 month LIBOR + 0.11%. The interest rate was 4.10% at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

(f) – Interest rate is fixed at 4.47% until August 2010, since which time FHLB has had the option to convert to a floating interest rate based on the 3 month LIBOR + 0.11%. The interest rate was 4.47% at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

(g) – Interest rate was fixed at 3.97% until October 2009, since which time FHLB has had the option to convert to a floating interest rate based on the 3 month LIBOR + 0.10%. The interest rate was 3.97% at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

77

(i) – Fixed rate borrowing at an interest rate of 4.31%, with monthly principal and interest payments and a balloon payment due at maturity.

(j) – Fixed rate borrowing at an interest rate of 5.24%, with monthly principal and interest payments and a balloon payment due at maturity.

(k) – Fixed rate borrowing at an interest rate of 3.35%, with monthly principal and interest payments.

(l) – Fixed rate borrowing at an interest rate of 4.00%, with monthly principal and interest payments.

The terms of borrowings (a) through (h) are interest only payments with principal due at maturity.

Each advance is payable at its maturity date, with a prepayment penalty for fixed rate advances.

Other Borrowings

At December 31, 2010, the Bank had outstanding borrowings of $18,000 and $8,620 from two unaffiliated institutions under overnight borrowing agreements. The interest rate on these borrowings were 0.25% and 0.50%. The Bank had no overnight borrowings at December 31, 2011.

The Bank entered into a borrowing transaction with an unaffiliated institution in March 2007. The proceeds of this borrowing were $10,000 and, as part of this transaction, the Bank pledged certain securities which had a carrying amount of $14,179 at December 31, 2011. The borrowing has a maturity date of March 20, 2017 and a variable interest rate of 3 month LIBOR minus 1.0% through March 20, 2008, at which time the interest rate became fixed as defined. The borrowing is callable by the issuer at the end of each quarter until maturity. The interest rate was 5.25% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, which will be the interest rate through the term of the borrowing.

Holiday entered into an unsecured line of credit facility with an unaffiliated institution having a maximum borrowing capacity of $15,000. Each separate borrowing under the facility bears interest at a floating rate determined at the time of the borrowing, as defined in the agreement governing the facility. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no borrowings under the agreement.

Subordinated Debentures

In 2007, the Corporation issued two $10,000 floating rate trust preferred securities as part of a pooled offering of such securities. The interest rate on each offering is determined quarterly and floats based on the 3 month LIBOR plus 1.55% and was 2.10% and 1.85% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Corporation issued subordinated debentures to the trusts in exchange for the proceeds of the offerings, which debentures represent the sole assets of the trusts. The subordinated debentures must be redeemed no later than 2037. The Corporation may redeem the debentures, in whole or in part, at face value after June 15, 2012 for the first offering and September 15, 2012 for the second offering. The Corporation has the option to defer interest payments from time to time for a period not to exceed five consecutive years.

Although the trusts are variable interest entities, the Corporation is not the primary beneficiary. As a result, because the trusts are not consolidated with the Corporation, the Corporation does not report the securities issued by the trusts as liabilities. Instead, the Corporation reports as liabilities the subordinated debentures issued by the Corporation and held by the trusts, since the liabilities are not eliminated in consolidation.

78

Maturity Schedule of All Borrowed Funds

The following is a schedule of maturities of all borrowed funds as of December 31, 2011:

2012	$	162
2013		167
2014		175
2015		20,183
2016		191
Thereafter		74,198
Total borrowed funds	$	95,076

11.  Interest Rate Swaps

On August 1, 2008, the Corporation executed an interest rate swap agreement with a 5 year term and an effective date of September 15, 2008 in order to hedge $10 million of a subordinated note that was issued by the Corporation during 2007 and elected cash flow hedge accounting for the agreement. The Corporation’s objective in using this derivative is to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate risk. The interest rate swap involves the receipt of variable-rate amounts in exchange for fixed-rate payments from August 1, 2008 to September 15, 2013 without exchange of the underlying notional amount. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the variable rate on the subordinated debt was LIBOR plus 155 basis points (2.10% and 1.85% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively) and the Corporation was paying 5.84% (4.29% fixed rate plus 155 basis points).

In anticipation of the expiration of the 5 year interest rate swap agreement discussed immediately above, on May 3, 2011, the Corporation executed an interest rate swap agreement with a 5 year term and an effective date of September 15, 2013 which as of that effective date, will hedge $10 million of the subordinated note discussed immediately above. As with the prior interest rate swap agreement, the Corporation’s objective in using this derivative is to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate risk. The interest rate swap involves the receipt of variable-rate amounts in exchange for fixed-rate payments from September 15, 2013 to September 15, 2018 without exchange of the underlying notional amount. On the effective date, the variable rate on the subordinated debt will be LIBOR plus 155 basis points and the Corporation will be paying 5.57% (4.02% fixed rate plus 155 basis points).

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, no derivatives were designated as fair value hedges or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. Additionally, the Corporation does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes and currently does not have any derivatives that are not designated as hedges.

79

The following tables provide information about the amounts and locations of activity related to the interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges within the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheet and statement of income as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

As of December 31	Liability Derivative
	Balance Sheet	Fair value
	Location	2011	2010
Interest rate contract	Accrued interest and other liabilities	($1,669)	($867)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011	(a)	(b)		(c)	(d)		(e)
Interest rate contract	($522)	Interest expense –subordinated debentures		($402)	Other income	$	-
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
Interest rate contract	($107)	Interest expense – subordinated debentures		($401)	Other income		–$
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009 Interest rate contract
	$204	Interest expense – subordinated debentures		($335)	Other income		–$

(a) Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Loss on Derivative (Effective Portion), net of tax

(b) Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss into Income (Effective Portion)

(c) Amount of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss into Income (Effective Portion)

(d) Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)

(e) Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)

Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the interest rate swap will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the subordinated debentures. Such amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to interest expense in the next twelve months are expected to be $364.

80

12.    Income Taxes

The following is a summary of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011		2010		2009
Current – federal	$	4,951	$	1,121	$	4,063
Current – state		137		97		37
Deferred - federal		441		2,251		(1,746	)
Income tax expense	$	5,529	$	3,469	$	2,354

The components of the net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Unrealized loss on securities available for sale	$	-		$	1,057
Allowance for loan losses		4,336			3,787
Deferred compensation		1,542			1,405
Impaired security valuation		495			899
Capital loss carryover		435			532
Post-retirement benefits		826			579
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap		584			303
Deferred loan fees/costs		2			58
Nonaccrual loan interest		455			215
Other		513			346
		9,188			9,181
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale		6,720			-
Premises and equipment		1,561			1,026
Intangibles – section 197		2,837			2,416
Intangibles – mortgage servicing rights		317			318
Other		308			409
		11,743			4,169
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	($	2,555	)	$	5,012

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had a federal capital loss carryforward of $1,243 that will expire in 2015 if not used. The Corporation determined that it was not required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets since management believes that the deferred tax assets are likely to be realized through a carry back to taxable income in prior years, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income, and a tax planning strategy to realize the capital loss carryover included in the deferred tax asset.

81

The reconciliation of income tax attributable to pre-tax income at the federal statutory tax rates to income tax expense is as follows:

	2011			%			2010			%			2009			%
Tax at statutory rate	$	7,222			35.0		$	5,175			35.0		$	3,803			35.0
Tax exempt income, net		(1,353	)		(6.6	)		(1,281	)		(8.7	)		(1,138	)		(10.5	)
Bank owned life insurance		(325	)		(1.6	)		(281	)		(1.9	)		(252	)		(2.3	)
Other		(15	)		(0.0	)		(144	)		(0.9	)		(59	)		(0.5	)
Income tax expense	$	5,529			26.8		$	3,469			23.5		$	2,354			21.7

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Corporation has no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. The Corporation does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months.

The Corporation recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters as part of income tax expense. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no amounts accrued for interest and/or penalties.

The Corporation and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Corporation’s 2006, 2007, and 2008 federal examinations have closed with no material impact to the Corporation’s financial position. The Corporation is no longer subject to examination by the taxing authorities for years prior to 2008. Tax years 2008 through 2010 remain open to state examination.

13.  Employee Benefit Plans

The Corporation sponsors a contributory defined contribution Section 401(k) plan in which substantially all employees participate. The plan permits employees to make pre-tax contributions which are matched by the Corporation at 100% for every 1% contributed up to three percent then 50% for every 1% contributed up to the next four percent in total of the employee’s compensation. The Corporation’s contributions were $385, $350, and $337 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Profit sharing contributions to this plan, based on current year compensation, are 6 percent of total compensation plus 5.7 percent of the compensation in excess of $107. The Corporation recognized profit sharing expense of $667, $641, and $612 in 2011, 2010, and 2009 respectively.

The Corporation has adopted a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for certain executives to compensate those executive participants in the Corporation’s retirement plan whose benefits are limited by compensation limitations under current tax law. The SERP is considered an unfunded plan for tax and ERISA purposes and all obligations arising under the SERP are payable from the general assets of the Corporation. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, obligations of $3,276 and $2,842, respectively, were included in other liabilities for this plan. Expenses related to this plan were $647 in 2011, $227 in 2010, and $675 in 2009.

The Corporation has established a Survivor Benefit Plan for the benefit of outside directors. The purpose of the plan is to provide life insurance benefits to beneficiaries of the Corporation’s directors who at the time of their death are participants in the plan. The plan is considered an unfunded plan for tax and ERISA purposes and all obligations arising under the plan are payable from the general assets of the Corporation. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, obligations of $686 and $580, respectively, were

82

included in other liabilities for this plan. Expenses related to this plan were $106 in 2011, $21 in 2010, and $22 in 2009.

The Corporation has an unfunded post retirement benefits plan which provides certain health care benefits for retired employees who have reached the age of 60 and retired with 30 years of service. Benefits are provided for these retired employees and their qualifying dependents from the age of 60 through the age of 65. The Corporation uses a December 31 measurement date for this plan.

The following table sets forth the change in the benefit obligation of the plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011			2010			2009
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	1,073		$	783		$	456
Interest cost		56			43			26
Service cost		49			34			26
Actual claim expense		(262	)		(167	)		(71	)
Cost of early retirement window		–			–			140
Actuarial (gain)/loss		758			380			206
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	1,674		$	1,073		$	783

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of:

	2011			2010
Net actuarial gain/(loss)	$	(958	)	$	(204	)
Transition obligation		(14	)		(22	)
		(972	)		(226	)
Tax effect		340			79
	$	(632	)	$	(147	)

The accumulated benefit obligation was $1,674 and $1,073 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following table sets forth the components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income:

	2011			2010			2009
Service cost	$	49		$	34		$	26
Interest cost		56			43			26
Cost of early retirement window		-			-			140
Net amortization of transition obligation and actuarial gain		11			3			(6	)
Net periodic benefit cost		116			80			186
Net loss		758			380			206
Amortization of gain		(4	)		4			14
Amortization of transition obligation		(7	)		(7	)		(8	)
Total recognized in other comprehensive income		747			377			212
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income	$	863		$	457		$	398

83

The estimated net gain and transition obligation that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $33 and $7, respectively.

The weighted average discount rate used to calculate net periodic benefit cost was 5.50% in 2011, 5.75% in 2010, and 5.75% in 2009. The weighted average rate used to calculate accrued benefit obligations was 4.29% in 2011, 5.50% in 2010, and 5.75% in 2009. The health care cost trend rate used to measure the expected costs of benefits is 5.0% for 2012 and thereafter. A one percent increase in the health care trend rates would result in an increase of $206 in the benefit obligation as of December 31, 2011, and would increase the service and interest costs by $30 in future periods. A similar one percent decrease in health care trend rates would result in a decrease of $178 and $24 in the benefit obligation and services and interest costs, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

14.  Deferred Compensation Plans

Deferred compensation plans cover all directors and certain officers. Under the plans, the Corporation pays each participant, or their beneficiary, the amount of fees or compensation deferred plus gains or net of losses over a maximum period of 10 years, beginning with the individual’s termination of service. A liability is accrued for the obligation under these plans.

A summary of changes in the deferred compensation plan liability follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of year	$	1,038		$	1,200		$	894
Deferrals, dividends, and changes in fair value recorded as an expense		80			41			370
Deferred compensation payments		(131	)		(203	)		(64	)
Balance, end of year	$	987		$	1,038		$	1,200

15.  Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Options

A summary of the status of the stock options is presented below:

	Stock Options			Weighted-average Exercise Price
Outstanding at January 1, 2011		146,125		$	14.45
Granted		–			–
Exercised		(28,750	)		9.00
Forfeited		(10,000	)		16.26
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		107,375		$	15.75
Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2011		107,375
Fair value of options granted during 2011		–
Number of authorized stock-based awards available for grant		451,841

84

Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

Exercise Price	Number		Remaining Contractual Life
$13.30		31,875		1.0 years
17.54		37,500		2.0 years
16.04		38,000		3.0 years
		107,375

The aggregate intrinsic value of all options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $79 and $217, respectively.

Additional information related to the stock option plan follows:

	2011		2010	2009
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$	151	$42	$	363
Cash received from option exercises		259	69		671

As of December 31, 2011, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted under the stock option plan.

Restricted Stock Awards

A summary of changes in nonvested restricted stock awards follows:

	Shares			Weighted-average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011		31,398			$15.10
Granted		17,900			14.88
Vested		(12,197	)		14.87
Forfeited		(1,488	)		14.87
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		35,613			$15.08

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there was $394 and $363, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested shares granted under the restricted stock award plan. The fair value of shares vesting during 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $173, $210 and $101, respectively. Compensation expense for restricted stock awards was $213 in 2011, $205 in 2010, and $122 in 2009.

16.  Related Party Transactions

The Bank has transactions, including loans, with its officers, directors, and their affiliated companies. The aggregate of such loans totaled $1,509 on December 31, 2011 compared to $3,814 at December 31, 2010. During 2011, $966 of new loans were made, $2,630 was removed due to a change in the composition of related parties, and repayments totaled $641.

85

Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their affiliates were $15,164 and $14,280 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

17.  Capital Requirements and Restrictions on Retained Earnings

Banks and financial holding companies are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, for the Bank, prompt corrective action (PCA) regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can result in regulatory enforcement actions. Management believes as of December 31, 2011 the Corporation and Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

The PCA regulations provide five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms alone do not represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion; brokered deposits may not be accepted, renewed or rolled over; and capital restoration plans are required. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the PCA regulatory framework. There are no events or conditions since this notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s capital category.

Actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented below as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Actual					For Capital Adequacy Purposes					To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
December 31, 2011
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated		$141,310		15.14	%		$74,647		8.0	%		N/A
Bank		$121,673		13.32	%		$73,101		8.0	%		$91,376		10.0	%
Tier 1 (Core) Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated		$129,620		13.89	%		$37,323		4.0	%		N/A
Bank		$110,232		12.06	%		$36,550		4.0	%		$54,826		6.0	%
Tier 1 (Core) Capital to Average Assets
Consolidated		$129,620		8.22	%		$63,083		4.0	%		N/A
Bank		$110,232		7.15	%		$61,684		4.0	%		$77,106		5.0	%
December 31, 2010
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated		$132,101		15.38	%		$68,723		8.0	%		N/A
Bank		$113,451		13.51	%		$67,199		8.0	%		$83,999		10.0	%
Tier 1 (Core) Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated		$121,350		14.13	%		$34,361		4.0	%		N/A
Bank		$103,610		12.33	%		$33,599		4.0	%		$50,399		6.0	%
Tier 1 (Core) Capital to Average Assets
Consolidated		$121,350		8.81	%		$55,066		4.0	%		N/A
Bank		$103,610		7.77	%		$53,358		4.0	%		$66,698		5.0	%

86

Certain restrictions exist regarding the ability of the Bank to transfer funds to the Corporation in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. At December 31, 2011, $11.6 million of accumulated net earnings of the Bank, included in the consolidated stockholders’ equity, was available for distribution to the Corporation as dividends without prior regulatory approval, subject to regulatory capital requirements above.

18.  Off Balance Sheet Activities

Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection, are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off balance sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

The contractual amount of financial instruments with off balance sheet risk was as follows at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011				2010
	Fixed Rate		Variable Rate		Fixed Rate		Variable Rate
Commitments to make loans		$12,467		$157,546		$10,364		$140,922
Unused lines of credit		-		63,230		-		59,214
Standby letters of credit		-		21,923		-		22,914

Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of 60 days or less. The fixed rate loan commitments at December 31, 2011 have interest rates ranging from 2.30% to 16.00% and maturities ranging from 3 months to 20 years. The fixed rate loan commitments at December 31, 2010 have interest rates ranging from 2.40% to 16.00% and maturities ranging from 3 months to 20 years.

19.  Fair Value

Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy has also been established which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The following three levels of inputs are used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

87

The fair values of most trading securities and securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1 inputs) or matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs). The fair values of certain residential mortgage-backed securities, one corporate bond, and one bond issued by a government sponsored entity classified as available for sale have been determined by using Level 3 inputs. The Corporation has engaged a valuation expert to price these securities using a proprietary model, which incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the securities, including bid/ask spreads and liquidity and credit premiums.

Trust preferred securities which are issued by financial institutions and insurance companies are priced using Level 3 inputs. The decline in the level of observable inputs and market activity in this class of investments by the measurement date has been significant and resulted in unreliable external pricing. Broker pricing and bid/ask spreads, when available, vary widely, and the once-active market has become comparatively inactive. The Corporation engaged a third party consultant who has developed a model for pricing these securities. Information such as historical and current performance of the underlying collateral, deferral and default rates, collateral coverage ratios, break in yield calculations, cash flow projections, liquidity and credit premiums required by a market participant, and financial trend analysis with respect to the individual issuing financial institutions and insurance companies are utilized in determining individual security valuations. Due to the current market conditions as well as the limited trading activity of these securities, the market value of the securities is highly sensitive to assumption changes and market volatility. The Corporation’s derivative instrument is an interest rate swap that is similar to those that trade in liquid markets. As such, significant fair value inputs can generally be verified and do not typically involve significant management judgments (Level 2 inputs).

The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

88

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

				Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 Using
Description	Total			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Securities Available For Sale:
U.S. Treasury	$	8,130		$	-	$	8,130		$	-
U.S. Government sponsored entities		107,492			2,000		105,492			-
States and political subdivisions		158,437			4,655		153,782			-
Residential mortgage and asset backed		300,126			8,577		291,549			-
Commercial mortgage and asset backed		2,122			-		2,122			-
Corporate notes and bonds		13,860			-		11,800			2,060
Pooled trust preferred		340			-		-			340
Pooled SBA		46,056			46,056		-			-
Other securities		1,544			1,544		-			-
Total Securities Available For Sale	$	638,107		$	62,832	$	572,875		$	2,400
Trading Securities:
Equity securities – financial services	$	779		$	779	$	-		$	-
Equity securities – industrials		324			324		-			-
International mutual funds		257			257		-			-
Certificates of deposit		255			255		-			-
Money market mutual funds		241			241		-			-
Equity securities – health care		204			204		-			-
Equity securities – utilities		197			197		-			-
Large cap growth mutual funds		145			145		-			-
Equity securities – consumer staples		145			145		-			-
Equity securities – consumer discretionary		126			126		-			-
Large cap value mutual funds		105			105		-			-
Corporate notes and bonds		100			-		100			-
Equity securities – technology		75			75		-			-
Equity securities – energy		72			72		-			-
Real estate investment trust mutual funds		68			68		-			-
U.S. Government sponsored entities		55			-		55			-
Equity securities – materials		37			37		-			-
Small cap mutual funds		25			25		-			-
Mid cap mutual funds		23			23		-			-
Total Trading Securities	$	3,233		$	3,078	$	155		$	-
Liabilities,
Interest rate swaps	$	(1,669	)	$	-	$	(1,669	)	$	-

89

				Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using
Description	Total			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable0 Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Securities Available For Sale:
U.S. Treasury	$	8,205		$	-	$	8,205		$	-
U.S. Government sponsored entities		105,941			2,000		101,941			2,000
States and political subdivisions		116,411			4,750		111,661			-
Residential mortgage and asset backed		222,419			20,405		199,745			2,269
Corporate notes and bonds		10,751			-		9,511			1,240
Pooled trust preferred		1,292			-		-			1,292
Pooled SBA		33,962			28,489		5,473			-
Other securities		1,696			1,696		-			-
Total Securities Available For Sale	$	500,677		$	57,340	$	436,536		$	6,801
Trading Securities:
Equity securities – financial services	$	523		$	523	$	-		$	-
International mutual funds		430			430		-			-
Large cap value mutual funds		247			247		-			-
Certificates of deposit		208			208		-			-
Equity securities – health care		151			151		-			-
U.S. Government sponsored entities		147			-		147			-
Large cap growth mutual funds		139			139		-			-
Equity securities – energy		119			119		-			-
Equity securities – industrials		98			98		-			-
Corporate notes and bonds		96			-		96			-
Money market mutual funds		75			75		-			-
Equity securities—utilities		61			61		-			-
Small cap mutual funds		29			29		-			-
Mid cap mutual funds		28			28		-			-
Total Trading Securities	$	2,351		$	2,108	$	243		$	-
Liabilities,
Interest rate swap	$	(867	)	$	-	$	(867	)	$	-

90

The table below presents a reconciliation and income statement classification of gains and losses for all securities available for sale measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Residential mortgage and asset backed			Corporate notes and bonds		U.S. Gov’t Sponsored Entities			Pooled trust preferred
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	2,269		$	1,240	$	2,000		$	1,292
Transfers out of Level 3 (a)(b)		(3,988	)		-		(2,000	)		-
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
Included in earnings		-			-		-			(398	)
Included in other comprehensive income		-			820		-			438
Purchases, issuances, sales, and settlements:
Purchases		1,917			-		-			-
Settlements		(198	)		-		-			(992	)
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	-		$	2,060	$	-		$	340

(a) Transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 since observable market data became available to value the security.

(b) The Corporation’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the beginning of the reporting period.

The table below presents a reconciliation and income statement classification of gains and losses for all securities available for sale measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2010:

	Residential mortgage and asset backed			Corporate notes and bonds		U.S. Gov’t Sponsored Entities		Pooled trust preferred
Beginning balance	$	503		$	-	$	-	$	1,909
Transfers into Level 3 (a) (b)		-			1,040		-		-
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
Included in earnings		-			-		-		(2,241	)
Included in other comprehensive income		-			200		-		1,787
Purchases, issuances, sales, and settlements:
Purchases		1,982			-		2,000		-
Sales		-			-		-		-
Settlements		(216	)		-		-		(163	)
Ending balance	$	2,269		$	1,240	$	2,000	$	1,292

(a) Transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 because of lack of observable market data due to decrease in market activity for this security.

(b) The Corporation’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the beginning of the reporting period.

The unrealized losses reported in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 for Level 3 assets that are still held at December 31, 2011 and 2010 relate to structured pooled trust preferred securities deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

91

During the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the following available for sale securities reported as Level 1 securities as of the beginning of the year were transferred to the Level 2 category:

	2011		2010
U.S. Government sponsored entities	$	2,000	$	14,598
States and political subdivisions		4,750		3,273
Residential mortgage and asset backed		20,405		5,625
Total	$	27,155	$	23,496

These securities were transferred from the Level 1 category to the Level 2 category since there were no longer quoted prices for identical assets in active markets that the Corporation had the ability to access. The Corporation’s policy is to recognize transfers as of the beginning of the reporting period.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, two pooled SBA securities that were classified as Level 2 securities at December 31, 2010 were transferred to the Level 1 category. The fair value on the date of transfer was $3,437. During the year ended December 31, 2010, two pooled SBA securities that were classified as Level 2 securities at December 31, 2009 were transferred to the Level 1 category. The fair value on the date of transfer was $1,985. These securities were transferred since the Corporation was able to access a quoted price for identical assets in an active market.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are as follows at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 Using
Description	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Impaired loans:
Commercial mortgages	$	7,219	$	-	$	-	$	7,219
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural		3,190		-		-		3,190
Residential real estate		105		-		-		105

92

			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using
Description	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Impaired loans:
Commercial mortgages	$	8,250	$	-	$	-	$	8,250
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural		2,474		-		-		2,474
Residential real estate		166		-		-		166

Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a principal balance of $22,384, with a valuation allowance of $1,493 as of December 31, 2011, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $583 for the year then ended. Impaired loans had a principal balance of $13,324, with a valuation allowance of $963 as of December 31, 2010, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $951 for the year then ended.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest receivable and payable, demand deposits, other borrowings, and variable rate loans, deposits or borrowings that reprice frequently and fully. For fixed rate loans or deposits and for variable rate loans or deposits with infrequent repricing or repricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. Fair value of loans held for sale is based on market quotes. Fair value of debt is based on current rates for similar financing. It is not practical to determine the fair value of Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other equity interests due to restrictions placed on the transferability of these instruments. The fair value of off balance sheet items is based on the current fees or cost that would be charged to enter into or terminate such arrangements. The fair value of off balance sheet items is not material.

While estimates of fair value are based on management’s judgment of the most appropriate factors as of the balance sheet date, there is no assurance that the estimated fair values would have been realized if the assets had been disposed of or the liabilities settled at that date, since market values may differ depending on various circumstances. The estimated fair values would also not apply to subsequent dates.

In addition, other assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments, such as premises and equipment, are not included in the disclosures. Also, non-financial assets such as, among other things, the estimated earnings power of core deposits, the earnings potential of trust accounts, the trained workforce, and customer goodwill, which typically are not recognized on the balance sheet may have value but are not included in the fair value disclosures.

93

The following table presents the carrying amount and fair value of financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Carrying Amount			Fair Value			Carrying Amount			Fair Value
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	39,703		$	39,703		$	37,432		$	37,432
Interest bearing time deposits with other banks		224			229			2,817			2,719
Securities available for sale		638,107			638,107			500,677			500,677
Trading securities		3,233			3,233			2,351			2,351
Loans held for sale		1,442			1,470			4,451			4,518
Net loans		837,268			862,389			783,742			807,972
FHLB and other equity interests		6,537			N/A			6,415			N/A
Accrued interest receivable		6,567			6,567			5,867			5,867
LIABILITIES
Deposits	$	(1,353,851	)	$	(1,357,415	)	$	(1,162,868	)	$	(1,167,071	)
FHLB, Treasury, tax and loan, and other borrowings		(74,456	)		(83,042	)		(106,507	)		(109,963	)
Subordinated debentures		(20,620	)		(10,906	)		(20,620	)		(10,660	)
Interest rate swaps		(1,669	)		(1,669	)		(867	)		(867	)
Accrued interest payable		(1,308	)		(1,308	)		(1,666	)		(1,666	)

94

20.  Parent Company Only Financial Information (Dollars in thousands)

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS	December 31,
	2011		2010
Assets
Cash	$	1,936	$	1,160
Trading securities		175		77
Investment in bank subsidiary		126,242		105,686
Investment in non-bank subsidiaries		26,579		24,855
Deferred tax asset		839		569
Other assets		2,313		2,345
Total assets	$	158,084	$	134,692
Liabilities
Other borrowings	$	2,150	$	1,750
Subordinated debentures		20,620		20,620
Other liabilities		3,425		2,677
Total liabilities		26,195		25,047
Total shareholders’ equity		131,889		109,645
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	158,084	$	134,692

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME	Year Ended December 31,
Income	2011			2010			2009
Dividends from:
Bank subsidiary	$	7,600		$	6,665		$	2,808
Non-bank subsidiaries		-			150			5,850
Other		146			165			91
Total income		7,746			6,980			8,749
Expenses		(1,410	)		(1,383	)		(1,373	)
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed netincome of subsidiaries		6,336			5,597			7,376
Income tax benefit		443			426			435
Equity in undistributed net income of bank subsidiary		7,162			4,463			6,008
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of non-bank subsidiaries		1,163			830			(5,307	)
Net income	$	15,104		$	11,316		$	8,512

95

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by	$	15,104		$	11,316		$	8,512
operating activities:
Equity in undistributed net income of bank subsidiary		(7,162	)		(4,463	)		(6,008	)
Equity in undistributed (net income) loss of non-bank subsidiaries		(1,163	)		(830	)		5,307
Net unrealized (gains) losses on securities for which fair value was elected		2			(12	)		35
Decrease (increase) in other assets		39			(172	)		(79	)
Increase in other liabilities		334			202			1,311
Net cash provided by operating activities		7,154			6,041			9,078
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital transfer to subsidiaries		-			(29,130	)		(3,725	)
Purchase of securities		(100	)		-			-
Net cash used in investing activities		(100	)		(29,130	)		(3,725	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid		(8,125	)		(6,933	)		(5,726	)
Proceeds from sale of treasury stock and option exercises, including tax benefit		1,447			1,269			1,905
Proceeds from stock offering, net of issuance costs		-			32,128			-
Repayment of long-term borrowing		-			(3,500	)		(1,500	)
Net advance from subsidiary		400			250			-
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(6,278	)		23,214			(5,321	)
Net increase in cash		776			125			32
Cash beginning of year		1,160			1,035			1,003
Cash end of year	$	1,936		$	1,160		$	1,035

96

21.  Other Comprehensive Income

Other comprehensive income components and related tax effects were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011			2010			2009
Unrealized holding gains on available for sale securities	$	22,457		$	3,815		$	2,653
Less reclassification adjustment for gains recognized in earnings		(614	)		(1,660	)		(395	)
Net unrealized gains		21,843			2,155			2,258
Tax effect		(7,642	)		(755	)		(790	)
Net-of-tax amount		14,201			1,400			1,468
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in earnings		(28	)		(466	)		(1,527	)
Less reclassification adjustment for impairment loss recognized in earnings		398			2,241			2,443
Net unrealized gains		370			1,775			916
Tax effect		(130	)		(621	)		(321	)
Net-of-tax amount		240			1,154			595
Actuarial loss on postemployment health care plan		(757	)		(380	)		(206	)
Net amortization of transition obligation and actuarial gain		11			3			(6	)
Net unrealized loss on postemployment health care plan		(746	)		(377	)		(212	)
Tax effect		261			132			74
Net-of-tax amount		(485	)		(245	)		(138	)
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap		(1,205	)		(566	)		(21	)
Less reclassification adjustment for losses recognized in earnings		402			401			335
Net unrealized gain (loss)		(803	)		(165	)		314
Tax effect		281			58			(110	)
Net-of-tax amount		(522	)		(107	)		204
Other comprehensive income	$	13,434		$	2,202		$	2,129

97

The following is a summary of the change in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balance, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	Balance 1/1/09			Increase (Decrease)			Balance 12/31/09			Increase (Decrease)			Balance 12/31/10			Increase (Decrease)			Balance 12/31/11
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale	$	(6,580	)	$	2,063		$	(4,517	)	$	2,554		$	(1,963	)	$	14,441		$	12,478
Unrealized gain (loss) on postretirement benefits plan		236			(138	)		98			(245	)		(147	)		(485	)		(632	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swap		(660	)		204			(456	)		(107	)		(563	)		(522	)		(1,085	)
Total	$	(7,004	)	$	2,129		$	(4,875	)	$	2,202		$	(2,673	)	$	13,434		$	10,761

22. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

	Quarters Ended in 2011								Quarters Ended in 2010
	Mar. 31		June 30		Sept. 30		Dec. 31		Mar. 31		June 30		Sept. 30		Dec. 31
Total interest and dividend income	$	15,694	$	16,417	$	16,793	$	16,808	$	14,168	$	15,328	$	15,797	$	15,854
Net interest income		11,299		11,912		12,378		12,544		9,441		10,685		11,263		10,702
Provision for loan losses		777		992		904		2,264		585		1,161		853		2,559
Non-interest income		2,187		2,616		2,462		3,454		2,034		2,079		1,841		3,566
Non-interest expense		8,291		8,141		8,310		8,540		8,089		7,402		8,113		8,064
Net income		3,277		3,891		4,067		3,869		2,160		3,124		3,106		2,926
Net income per share, basic		0.27		0.32		0.33		0.31		0.25		0.34		0.25		0.23
Net income per share, diluted		0.27		0.32		0.33		0.31		0.25		0.34		0.25		0.23

A provision for loan losses in the amount of $2,264 and $2,559 was recorded during the quarters ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as a result of specific reserves required for impaired loans in the commercial, industrial, and agricultural loan portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2011 and in the commercial mortgage loan portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2010. The quarterly volatility in non-interest income primarily relates to other-than-temporary impairment of securities and net realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities.

98

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Crowe Horwath LLP Independent Member Crowe Horwath International

Board of Directors and Shareholders

CNB Financial Corporation

Clearfield, Pennsylvania

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CNB Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows, and changes in shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. We also have audited CNB Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). CNB Financial Corporation’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting located in Item 9A of Form 10-K. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

99

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CNB Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, CNB Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

Crowe Horwath LLP

Cleveland, Ohio

March 9, 2012

100

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Corporation’s management, under the supervision of and with the participation of the Corporation’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, has carried out an evaluation of the design and effectiveness of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, management, including the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that all material information required to be disclosed in reports the Corporation files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.

There was no significant change in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or that is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of the Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.

The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Corporation; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Corporation are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Corporation; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Corporation’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-

101

Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment and those criteria, management concluded that the Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by Crowe Horwath LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Corporation’s financial statements, as stated in their report which is located in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Joseph B. Bower, Jr.	Brian W. Wingard
President and Chief Executive Officer	Interim Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
Date: March 9, 2012	Date: March 9, 2012

102

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

See “Part I — Item 1 — Executive Officers” for information about our executive officers, which is incorporated by reference in this Item 10. Other information required by this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders (the “2012 proxy statement”), which we will file with the SEC on or before 120 days after our 2011 fiscal year-end, and which will appear in the 2012 proxy statement under the captions “Proposal 1. Election of Class 1 Directors,” “Corporate Governance—Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”

The Corporation’s board of directors has approved a Code of Ethics for Officers and Directors. The Code of Ethics can be found at the Bank’s website, www.bankcnb.com, under the “About Us” heading.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the 2012 proxy statement, including the information in the 2012 proxy statement appearing under the captions “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation of Directors.”

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information required by this Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the 2012 proxy statement, including the information in the 2012 proxy statement appearing under the captions “Stock Ownership” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information required by this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the 2012 proxy statement, including the information in the 2012 proxy statement appearing under the captions “Corporate Governance” and “Certain Transactions.”

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information required by this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the 2012 proxy statement, including the information in the 2012 proxy statement appearing under the captions “Corporate Governance—Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee” and “Concerning the Independent Registered Public Accountants.”

103

PART IV.

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) The following consolidated financial statements are set forth in Part II, Item 8:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(a)(2)Financial statement schedules are not applicable or are included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

(a)(3)The following exhibits (asterisk denotes management contract or compensatory plan) are filed as a part of this report:

Exhibit No.	Description
3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, filed as Appendix B to the 2006 Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on March 24, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.
3.2	By-Laws of the Corporation, as amended and restated, filed as Appendix C to the 2006 Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on March 24, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.1	Employment contract with Joseph B. Bower, Jr., President and Chief Executive Officer, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.2	1999 Stock Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit A to the 1999 Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on March 29, 1999, and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.3	Employment contract with Richard L. Sloppy, Executive Vice President/Chief Lending Officer, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.4	2009 Stock Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10(iii)-4 to Registration Statement No. 333-159941, filed with the SEC on November 12, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference.*

104

10.5	Employment contract with Mark D. Breakey, Executive Vice President/Chief Credit Officer, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.6	Employment contract with Richard L. Greslick, Jr., Senior Vice President/Administration, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.*
21	Subsidiaries of the Registrant, filed as Exhibit 21 to the 2006 Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1	Rule 13a – 14(a)/15d – 14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer
31.2	Rule 13a – 14(a)/15d – 14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer
32.1	Section 1350 Certification
32.2	Section 1350 Certification
99.1	Additional information mailed to shareholders with proxy statement and Form 10-K
101	The following financial information from the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, furnished electronically herewith, and formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, tagged as blocks of text.

105

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

			CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION (Registrant)
Date:	March 9, 2012	By:	/s/ Joseph B. Bower, Jr.
			JOSEPH B. BOWER, JR.
			President & Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 4, 2011.

/s/ Joseph B. Bower, Jr. JOSEPH B. BOWER, JR. President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	/s/ Dennis L. Merrey DENNIS L. MERREY, Chairman
/s/ Richard L. Greslick, Jr. RICHARD L. GRESLICK, JR. Secretary and Director	/s/ Jeffrey S. Powell JEFFREY S. POWELL, Director
/s/ Brian W. Wingard BRIAN W. WINGARD Interim Treasurer (Interim Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	/s/ Charles H. Reams CHARLES H. REAMS, Director
/s/ William F. Falger WILLIAM F. FALGER, Director	/s/ James B. Ryan JAMES B. RYAN, Director
/s/ Robert W. Montler ROBERT W. MONTLER, Director	/s/ Richard B. Seager RICHARD B. SEAGER, Director
/s/ Deborah Dick Pontzer DEBORAH DICK PONTZER, Director	/s/ Peter F. Smith PETER F. SMITH, Director
/s/ Joel E. Peterson JOEL E. PETERSON, Director

106

EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT NO.	DESCRIPTION
3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, filed as Appendix B to the 2006 Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on March 24, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.
3.2	By-Laws of the Corporation, as amended and restated, filed as Appendix C to the 2006 Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on March 24, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.1	Employment contract with Joseph B. Bower, Jr., President and Chief Executive Officer, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.2	1999 Stock Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit A to the 1999 Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on March 29, 1999, and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.3	Employment contract with Richard L. Sloppy, Executive Vice President/Chief Lending Officer, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.4	2009 Stock Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10(iii)-4 to Registration Statement No. 333-159941, filed with the SEC on November 12, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.5	Employment contract with Mark D. Breakey, Executive Vice President/Chief Credit Officer, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.6	Employment contract with Richard L. Greslick, Jr., Senior Vice President/Administration, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.*
21	Subsidiaries of the Registrant, filed as Exhibit 21 to the 2006 Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1	Rule 13a – 14(a)/15d – 14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer
31.2	Rule 13a – 14(a)/15d – 14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer
32.1	Section 1350 Certification
32.2	Section 1350 Certification
99.1	Additional information mailed to shareholders with proxy statement and Form 10-K
101	The following financial information from the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, furnished electronically herewith, and formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, tagged as blocks of text.**

107

* Denotes management contract or compensatory plan.

** In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be incorporated by reference into any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

108

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Form 10-K For The Year Ended December 31, 2011

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-159941 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement Nos. 333-163047 and 333-166111 on Form S-3 of CNB Financial Corporation of our report dated March 9, 2012 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of CNB Financial Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which report is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of CNB Financial Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

Crowe Horwath LLP

Cleveland, Ohio

March 9, 2012

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Joseph B. Bower, Jr., certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of CNB Financial Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statement were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 9, 2012

/s/ Joseph B. Bower, Jr.

Joseph B. Bower, Jr.

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Brian W. Wingard, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of CNB Financial Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statement were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 9, 2012

/s/ Brian W. Wingard

Brian W. Wingard

Interim Treasurer

(Interim Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT SECTION 906

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, the undersigned officer of CNB Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.

	/s/ Joseph B. Bower, Jr.
	Joseph B. Bower, Jr.
Date: March 9, 2012	(President and Chief Executive Officer)

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT SECTION 906

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, the undersigned officer of CNB Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.

	/s/ Brian W. Wingard
	Brian W. Wingard
Dated: March 9, 2012	(Interim Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer)

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Consolidated Financial Highlights	3
Message to Shareholders	4
Executive Management and Board of Directors	7
Officers	8
Shareholder Information	10

CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION ||||| 2011 ANNUAL REPORT HIGHLIGHTS    2

Consolidated Financial Highlights (in thousands, except per share data)

FOR THE YEAR	2011			2010			% Change
Interest Income	$	65,712		$	61,147			7.5	%
Interest Expense		17,579			19,056			(7.8	%)
Net Interest Income		48,133			42,091			14.4	%
Non-interest Income		10,719			9,650			11.1	%
Non-interest Expense		33,282			31,798			4.7	%
Net Income		15,104			11,316			33.5	%
Net Income Return on:
Average Assets		1.00	%		0.87	%		14.9	%
Average Equity		12.36	%		11.62	%		6.4	%
AT YEAR END
Assets	$	1,602,207		$	1,413,511			13.3	%
Loans, net of unearned		849,883			794,562			7.0	%
Deposits		1,353,851			1,162,868			16.4	%
Shareholders’ Equity		131,889			109,645			20.3	%
Trust Assets Under Management (at market value)		336,285			327,575			2.7	%
PER SHARE DATA
Net Income, diluted	$	1.23		$	1.06			16.0	%
Dividends		0.66			0.66			0.0	%
Book Value		10.66			8.96			19.0	%
Market Value		15.78			14.81			6.5	%

3

MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

To Our Shareholders, Customers, Employees & Friends:

CNB achieved a 33% growth in earnings in 2011 for the second consecutive year. Similar to 2010, the 2011 earnings growth was driven by a significant increase in earning assets. The strategy employed by CNB of growing core deposits and expanding existing customer relationships has been the primary factor in our growth and profitability. The acquisition of a large number of core customers during the past four years will lead to a larger number of opportunities when loan demand returns.

Along with the growth in earning assets, the improvement in asset quality has positioned the Corporation well entering 2012. While we continued to build the allowance for loan losses from 1.36% of total loans at December 31, 2010 to 1.48% of total loans at December 31, 2011, net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans decreased from 0.56% in 2010 to 0.38% in 2011. The focus on strong underwriting has carried CNB through difficult economic times and should continue to provide a benefit during the years of economic recovery in the future.

The past year brought several major changes in our market area. A decision to concentrate our efforts on community-based relationships brought about the closing of our Johnstown loan production office as its focus had been primarily on large corporate lending. We opened a loan production office staffed by three seasoned commercial lenders August 2011 in Indiana, PA, to focus on building relationships throughout Indiana County. Also, the retail oriented design created in 2006 that offers a more personal banking experience that was implemented in our ERIEBANK division has been brought to CNB Bank for the first time in a remodel of our downtown Bradford location.

For much of the United States, the recovery from this recession has been very slow. Our market area has not been immune to this; however the recessionary effects on Western and Central Pennsylvania were not as pronounced as in other areas of the country. CNB Financial Corporation was able to significantly grow deposits again in 2011, but lending opportunities have continued to lag behind due to economic uncertainty. Because loan demand has been fairly stagnant for most financial institutions, new loan requests and maintaining existing business are becoming increasingly competitive. This economic environment will continue to put pressure on our net interest margin as asset yields continue to decline.

CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION ||||| 2011 ANNUAL REPORT HIGHLIGHTS    4

5

MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

Message to Shareholders continued…

The rapid pace of regulation has been very challenging for the financial industry. No decline in the regulatory burden is expected for the foreseeable future. This will cause some significant compliance challenges for most community banks. CNB accepts this challenge and will comply with the intent of the laws while continuing our practice of making products understandable and affordable to the consumer.

This year marked the retirement of Robert E. Brown from our Board of Directors. Bob served for 28 years as a Director of the Corporation. On behalf of the Board and management, I would like to thank him for his many years of service and wish him well in all of his future endeavors.

As always, we are proud to report CNB Financial Corporation’s 2011 financial condition and results of operations to you, and we look forward to a prosperous 2012.

Joseph B. Bower, Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer

CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION ||||| 2011 ANNUAL REPORT HIGHLIGHTS    6

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

& BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Corporate Officers, CNB Financial Corporation

Joseph B. Bower, Jr.	Brian W. Wingard
President & Chief Executive Officer	Interim Treasurer & Principal Financial Officer
Richard L. Greslick, Jr.	Vincent C. Turiano
Secretary	Assistant Secretary
Executive Officers, CNB Bank
Joseph B. Bower, Jr.	Brian W. Wingard
President & Chief Executive Officer	Interim Chief Financial Officer
Mark D. Breakey	Richard L. Sloppy
Executive Vice President & Chief Credit Officer	Executive Vice President & Chief Lending Officer
Richard L. Greslick, Jr.	Vincent C. Turiano
Senior Vice President/ Administration	Senior Vice President/ Operations
Board of Directors
CNB Financial Corporation and CNB Bank
Dennis L. Merrey	Robert W. Montler	James B. Ryan
Chairman of the Board Retired, Formerly President, Clearfield Powdered Metals, Inc. (Manufacturer)	President & Chief Executive Officer, Lee Industries and Keystone Process Equipment (Manufacturers)	Retired, Formerly Vice President of Sales, Marketing, Windfall Products, Inc. (Manufacturer)
Joseph B. Bower, Jr.	Joel E. Peterson	Richard B. Seager
President and Chief Executive Officer, CNB Financial Corporation; President and Chief Executive Officer, CNB Bank	President, Clearfield Wholesale Paper (Wholesaler)	President and Chief Executive Officer, Beacon Light Behavioral Health Systems (Health Services)
William F. Falger	Deborah Dick Pontzer	Peter F. Smith
Retired, Formerly President and Chief Executive Officer, CNB Financial Corporation, CNB Bank	Economic Development and Workforce Specialist, Office of Congressman Glenn Thompson	Attorney at Law
		DIRECTOR EMERITUS
Richard L. Greslick, Jr.	Jeffrey S. Powell	L. E. Soult, Jr.
Secretary, CNB Financial Corporation; Senior Vice President/ Administration, CNB Bank	President, J.J. Powell, Inc. (Petroleum Distributor)
	Charles H. Reams
	President, C.H. Reams & Associates, Inc. (Insurance)

7

OFFICERS

Administrative Services
Mary Ann Conaway	Leanne D. Kassab	Susan B. Kurtz
Vice President, Human Resources	Assistant Vice President, Marketing	Customer Service Officer
Edward H. Proud	Carolyn B. Smeal	Dennis J. Sloppy
Vice President, Information Systems	Assistant Vice President, Operations	Information Systems Officer
Susan M. Warrick	Carol J. Cossick	BJ Sterndale
Vice President, Operations	Assistant Controller	Training Officer
Thomas J. Ammerman, Jr.	Thomas W. Grice	Brenda L. Terry
Assistant Vice President, Security	Network Administration Officer	Banking Officer
Donna J. Collins	Shannon L. Irwin
Assistant Vice President, Compliance	Human Resources Officer
Branch Division
Vickie L. Baker	Denise J. Greene	Douglas M. Shaffer
Assistant Vice President, Regional Branch Administration, Bradford Main Street Office	Community Office Manager, DuBois Office	Community Office Manager, Punxsutawney Office
Ruth Anne Ryan-Catalano	Francine M. Papa	Susan J. Shimmel
Assistant Vice President, Regional Branch Administration, Industrial Park Road Office, Clearfield	Community Office Manager, Ridgway Office	Community Office Manager, Old Town Road Office, Clearfield
Mary A. Baker	Larry A. Putt	Theresa L. Swanson
Assistant Vice President, Northern Cambria Office	Banking Officer, Clearfield	Community Office Manager, Warren Office
Deborah M. Young	Mary Ann Roney	Gregory R. Williams
Assistant Vice President, Washington Street Office, St. Marys	Banking Officer, Bradford	Banking Officer, Clearfield
Lending Division
Jeffrey W. Alabran	Joseph H. Yaros	Eileen F. Ryan
Senior Vice President, Commercial Lending, Indiana	Vice President, Commercial Banking Bradford	Assistant Vice President, Mortgage Lending
James M. Baker	David W. Ogden	James C. Davidson
Vice President, Commercial Banking, DuBois	Vice President, Credit Administration	Mortgage Lending Officer
Gregory M. Dixon	Christopher L. Stott	Cory Johnston
Vice President, Commercial Banking	Vice President, Retail Lending	Credit Administration Officer
Michael E. Haines	Michael C. Sutika	Paul A. McDermott
Vice President, Commercial Banking, St. Marys	Vice President, Commercial Banking	Collections Officer
Robin L. Hay	Gregory Noon	Steven C. Tunall
Vice President, Commercial Banking	Assistant Vice President, Commercial Banking, Warren	Commercial Banking, Kane
Jeffrey A. Herr	C. Brett Stewart
Vice President, Commercial Banking, Philipsburg	Assistant Vice President, Commercial Lending, Indiana
Wealth & Asset Management Services
Todd M. Abrams	Craig C. Ball	Eric A. Johnson
Senior Vice President, Managing Director, Wealth & Asset Management	Vice President, Wealth Management	Trust Officer
Andrew Roman	Shawn Amblod	Glenn R. Pentz
Vice President, Wealth & Asset Management	Financial Consultant, Wealth Management	Trust Officer
Calvin R. Thomas, Jr.	R. Michael Love
Vice President, Trust Officer	Financial Consultant, Wealth Management

CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION ||||| 2011 ANNUAL REPORT HIGHLIGHTS    8

OFFICERS

& AFFILIATES

ERIEBANK, a Division of CNB Bank
David J. Zimmer	John M. Schulze	Katie J. Jones
President	Vice President	Community Office Manager, Harborcreek Office
Donald W. Damon	William J. Vitron, Jr.	Abby L. Williams
Senior Vice President	Vice President, Wealth Management	Community Office Manager, Main Office
Steven M. Cappellino	Carla M. LaBoda	Paul D. Sallie
Senior Vice President, Meadville Office	Assistant Vice President, Regional Retail Administrator, Asbury Office	Private Banking Officer
William L. DeLuca, Jr.	Kelly S. Buck	Timothy Roberts
Senior Vice President	Community Office Manager, Downtown Office	Commercial Lending Officer
Betsy Bort	Mary J. Taormina	Julie L. Martin
Vice President	Community Office Manager, Meadville Office	Operations Officer
Scott O. Calhoun
Vice President
ERIEBANK Regional Board of Directors
Joseph B. Bower, Jr.	Thomas L. Doolin	Thomas Kennedy
President and Chief Executive Officer, CNB Financial Corporation, CNB Bank	President, New Age Business Solutions, LLC (Consulting)	President, Professional Development Associates, Inc. (Real estate developer)
Mark D. Breakey	David K. Galey	Charles H. Reams
Executive Vice President & Chief Credit Officer	Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer, Greenleaf Corporation (Manufacturing)	President,C.H. Reams & Associates, Inc. (Insurance)
Harry E. Brown	Richard L. Greslick, Jr.	James E. Spoden
Vice President, Specialty Bar Products, EBC Industries (Manufacturing)	Senior Vice President/ Administration	Esquire, MacDonald Illig Jones & Britton, LLP (Law office)
Gary L. Clark	Charles Hagerty	David J. Zimmer
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer, Snap-tite, Inc. (Manufacturing)	President, Hamot Health Foundation (Health Services)	President, ERIEBANK

Holiday Financial Services Corporation, a Subsidiary of CNB Financial Corporation

Board of Directors & Corporate Officers	Administrative Services
Joseph B. Bower, Jr.	Joseph P. Strouse
Director & President	Vice President
Richard L. Greslick, Jr.	Jonathan L. Holler
Director & Secretary	Assistant Vice President

CNB Securities Corporation, a Subsidiary of CNB Financial Corporation, Wilmington, DE

Board of Directors	Corporate Officers
Brian W. Wingard	Richard L. Greslick, Jr.
Director	President
Glenn R. Pentz	Donald R. McLamb, Jr.
Director	Treasurer, Wilmington Trust SP Services, Inc.
Donald R. McLamb, Jr.	Elizabeth F. Bothner
Wilmington Trust SP Services, Inc.	Secretary, Wilmington Trust SP Services, Inc

9

Annual Meeting

The Annual Meeting of the Shareholders of CNB Financial Corporation will be held Tuesday, April 17, 2012 at 2:00 p.m. at the Corporation’s Headquarters in Clearfield, PA.

Corporate Address

CNB Financial Corporation

1 S. Second Street

P.O. Box 42

Clearfield, PA 16830

(814) 765-9621

Stock Transfer Agent & Registrar

Registrar and Transfer Company

10 Commerce Drive

Cranford, NJ 07016

(908) 497-2300

Form 10-K

Shareholders may obtain a copy of the Annual Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-K by writing to:

CNB Financial Corporation

1 S. Second Street

P.O. Box 42

Clearfield, PA 16830

ATTN: Shareholder Relations

Quarterly Share Data

For information regarding the Corporation’s quarterly share data, please refer to page 28 in the 2011 Form 10-K.

Market Makers

The following firms have chosen to make a market in the stock of the Corporation. Inquiries concerning their services should be directed to:

Boenning & Scattergood, Inc.

1700 Market Street, Ste 1420

Philadelphia, PA 19103

(800) 842-8928

RBC Capital Markets

Three World Financial Center

200 Vesey Street, 9th Floor

New York, NY 10281

(212) 428-6200

Corporate Profile

CNB Financial Corporation is a leader in providing integrated financial solutions which create value for both consumers and businesses. These solutions encompass checking, savings, time and deposit accounts, Private Banking, loans and lines of credit (real estate, commercial, industrial, residential and consumer), credit cards, cash management, online banking, electronic check deposit, merchant credit card processing, on-site banker and accounts receivable handling. In addition, the Corporation provides wealth and asset management services, retirement plans and other employee benefit plans.

CNB Bank

A subsidiary of CNB Financial Corporation, CNB is a regional independent community bank in North Central Pennsylvania with approximately 316 employees who make customer service more responsive and reliable. For over 145 years, the Bank has strived to be more customer-driven than its competitors and to build long-term customer relationships by being reliable and competitively priced. CNB continually seeks innovative ways to execute a personal, quality-driven customer service strategy and prides itself for being first-to-market many of these innovations. To satisfy customers’ financial needs and expectations, it offers a variety of delivery channels, which includes 22 full-service offices, 20 ATMs, 1 loan production office, telephone banking (1-866-224-7314), Internet banking (www.bankcnb.com) and a centralized customer service center (1-800-492-3221).

ERIEBANK

Headquartered in Erie, Pennsylvania, ERIEBANK is a division of CNB Bank. Presently, there are five full service locations which house its commercial, retail and Private Banking divisions.

Holiday Financial Services

Another subsidiary of CNB Financial Corporation, Holiday Financial Services, a consumer loan company, currently has eight conveniently located offices in Bellefonte, Bradford, Clearfield, Duncansville, Erie, Northern Cambria, Ridgway and Sidman, Pennsylvania.

The common stock of the Corporation trades on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol CCNE.

CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION ||||| 2011 ANNUAL REPORT HIGHLIGHTS    10

XML

Off Balance Sheet Activities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Off Balance Sheet Activities [Abstract]

Off Balance Sheet Activities

18.  Off Balance Sheet Activities

Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection, are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off balance sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

The contractual amount of financial instruments with off balance sheet risk was as follows at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011				2010
	Fixed Rate		Variable Rate		Fixed Rate		Variable Rate
Commitments to make loans		$12,467		$157,546		$10,364		$140,922
Unused lines of credit		-		63,230		-		59,214
Standby letters of credit		-		21,923		-		22,914

Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of 60 days or less. The fixed rate loan commitments at December 31, 2011 have interest rates ranging from 2.30% to 16.00% and maturities ranging from 3 months to 20 years. The fixed rate loan commitments at December 31, 2010 have interest rates ranging from 2.40% to 16.00% and maturities ranging from 3 months to 20 years.

XML

Earnings Per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share

2.  Earnings Per Share

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is shown below (in thousands, except per share data). For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, options to purchase 75,500, 84,250, and 86,750 shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive.

	Years Ended December 31
	2011			2010			2009
Net income per consolidated statements of income	$	15,104		$	11,316		$	8,512
Net earnings allocated to participating securities		(42	)		(33	)		(23	)
Net earnings allocated to common stock	$	15,062		$	11,283		$	8,489
Basic earnings per common share computation
Distributed earnings allocated to common stock	$	8,101		$	6,914		$	5,704
Undistributed earnings allocated to common stock		6,961			4,369			2,785
Net earnings allocated to common stock	$	15,062		$	11,283		$	8,489
Weighted average common shares outstanding, including shares considered participating securities		12,306			10,630			8,668
Less: Average participating securities		(33	)		(30	)		(13	)
Weighted average shares		12,273			10,600			8,655
Basic earnings per common share	$	1.23		$	1.06		$	0.98
Diluted earnings per common share computation
Net earnings allocated to common stock	$	15,062		$	11,283		$	8,489
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share		12,273			10,600			8,655
Add: Dilutive effects of assumed exercises of stock options		6			9			17
Weighted average shares and dilutive potential common shares		12,279			10,609			8,672
Diluted earnings per common share	$	1.23		$	1.06		$	0.98

XML

Quarterly Financial Data

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Quarterly Financial Data [Abstract]

Quarterly Financial Data

22. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

	Quarters Ended in 2011								Quarters Ended in 2010
	Mar. 31		June 30		Sept. 30		Dec. 31		Mar. 31		June 30		Sept. 30		Dec. 31
Total interest and dividend income	$	15,694	$	16,417	$	16,793	$	16,808	$	14,168	$	15,328	$	15,797	$	15,854
Net interest income		11,299		11,912		12,378		12,544		9,441		10,685		11,263		10,702
Provision for loan losses		777		992		904		2,264		585		1,161		853		2,559
Non-interest income		2,187		2,616		2,462		3,454		2,034		2,079		1,841		3,566
Non-interest expense		8,291		8,141		8,310		8,540		8,089		7,402		8,113		8,064
Net income		3,277		3,891		4,067		3,869		2,160		3,124		3,106		2,926
Net income per share, basic		0.27		0.32		0.33		0.31		0.25		0.34		0.25		0.23
Net income per share, diluted		0.27		0.32		0.33		0.31		0.25		0.34		0.25		0.23

A provision for loan losses in the amount of $2,264 and $2,559 was recorded during the quarters ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as a result of specific reserves required for impaired loans in the commercial, industrial, and agricultural loan portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2011 and in the commercial mortgage loan portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2010. The quarterly volatility in non-interest income primarily relates to other-than-temporary impairment of securities and net realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities.

XML

Other Comprehensive Income

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Other Comprehensive Income [Abstract]

Other Comprehensive Income

21.  Other Comprehensive Income

Other comprehensive income components and related tax effects were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011			2010			2009
Unrealized holding gains on available for sale securities	$	22,457		$	3,815		$	2,653
Less reclassification adjustment for gains recognized in earnings		(614	)		(1,660	)		(395	)
Net unrealized gains		21,843			2,155			2,258
Tax effect		(7,642	)		(755	)		(790	)
Net-of-tax amount		14,201			1,400			1,468
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in earnings		(28	)		(466	)		(1,527	)
Less reclassification adjustment for impairment loss recognized in earnings		398			2,241			2,443
Net unrealized gains		370			1,775			916
Tax effect		(130	)		(621	)		(321	)
Net-of-tax amount		240			1,154			595
Actuarial loss on postemployment health care plan		(757	)		(380	)		(206	)
Net amortization of transition obligation and actuarial gain		11			3			(6	)
Net unrealized loss on postemployment health care plan		(746	)		(377	)		(212	)
Tax effect		261			132			74
Net-of-tax amount		(485	)		(245	)		(138	)
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap		(1,205	)		(566	)		(21	)
Less reclassification adjustment for losses recognized in earnings		402			401			335
Net unrealized gain (loss)		(803	)		(165	)		314
Tax effect		281			58			(110	)
Net-of-tax amount		(522	)		(107	)		204
Other comprehensive income	$	13,434		$	2,202		$	2,129

The following is a summary of the change in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balance, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	Balance 1/1/09			Increase (Decrease)			Balance 12/31/09			Increase (Decrease)			Balance 12/31/10			Increase (Decrease)			Balance 12/31/11
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale	$	(6,580	)	$	2,063		$	(4,517	)	$	2,554		$	(1,963	)	$	14,441		$	12,478
Unrealized gain (loss) on postretirement benefits plan		236			(138	)		98			(245	)		(147	)		(485	)		(632	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swap		(660	)		204			(456	)		(107	)		(563	)		(522	)		(1,085	)
Total	$	(7,004	)	$	2,129		$	(4,875	)	$	2,202		$	(2,673	)	$	13,434		$	10,761

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Unless otherwise indicated, dollar amounts are in thousands, except per share data.

Business and Organization

CNB Financial Corporation (the "Corporation") is headquartered in Clearfield, Pennsylvania, and provides a full range of banking and related services through its wholly owned subsidiary, CNB Bank (the "Bank"), which opened its ERIEBANK division during 2005 in the Erie, Pennsylvania market area. In addition, the Bank provides trust and asset management services, including the administration of trusts and estates, retirement plans, and other employee benefit plans as well as a full range of wealth management services. The Bank serves individual and corporate customers and is subject to competition from other financial institutions and intermediaries with respect to these services. In addition to the Bank, the Corporation also entered the consumer discount loan and finance business in 2005 through its wholly owned subsidiary, Holiday Financial Services Corporation ("Holiday"). The Corporation and these and its several other subsidiaries are subject to examination by federal and state regulators. The Corporation's market area is primarily concentrated in the central and northwest regions of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

Basis of Financial Presentation

The financial statements are consolidated to include the accounts of the Corporation and the Bank, CNB Securities Corporation, Holiday, County Reinsurance Company, and CNB Insurance Agency. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and actual results could differ. The allowance for loan losses, mortgage servicing rights, and fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to change.

Operating Segments

While the chief decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Corporation-wide basis. Operating segments are aggregated into one as operating results for all segments are similar and the accounts of County Reinsurance Company and CNB Insurance Agency are not material to the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

Interest Bearing Time Deposits with Other Banks

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions mature within one year and are carried at cost.

Securities

When purchased, securities are classified as held to maturity, trading or available for sale. Debt securities are classified as held to maturity when the Corporation has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. Debt or equity securities are classified as trading when purchased principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term, or when the fair value option has been elected. Trading securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value included in earnings in non-interest income. Available for sale securities are those securities not classified as held to maturity or trading and are carried at their fair value. Unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred tax, on securities classified as available for sale are recorded as other comprehensive income. Management has not classified any debt securities as held to maturity.

The amortized cost of debt securities classified as held to maturity or available for sale is adjusted for the amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts over the period through contractual maturity or, in the case of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, over the estimated life of the security. Such amortization is included in interest income from securities. Gains and losses on securities sold are recorded on the trade date and based on the specific identification method.

Declines in the fair value of debt securities below their cost that are other than temporary and attributable to credit losses are reflected in earnings. Other-than-temporary impairment losses that are not attributable to credit losses are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. In estimating other-than-temporary losses, management considers: the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and the Corporation's intent to sell, or whether it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If the Corporation intends to sell a security or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell a security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings.

Loans

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding.

Interest income is reported on the interest method and includes amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term. Interest income on commercial, industrial, and agricultural loans, commercial mortgage loans, and residential real estate loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Consumer loans are typically charged off no later than 180 days past due. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. Loans, including loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring, are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. Nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days still on accrual include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. For all portfolio segments, loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Most of the Corporation's business activity is with customers located within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Therefore, the Corporation's exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in Pennsylvania's economy.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to earnings.

Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with servicing rights retained. The carrying value of the mortgage loan sold is reduced by the amount allocated to the servicing right. Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance account.

Management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on historical patterns of charge-offs and recoveries, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, industry experience, economic conditions, and other qualitative factors relevant to the collectability of the loan portfolio. While management believes that the allowance is adequate to absorb probable loan losses incurred at the balance sheet date, future adjustments may be necessary due to circumstances that differ substantially from the assumptions used in evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired or loans otherwise classified as substandard or doubtful. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which the terms have been modified, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired.

Commercial and commercial real estate loans are individually evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures. Troubled debt restructurings are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Corporation determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

The general component of the allowance for loan losses covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Corporation over the most recent 2 years. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These historical loss factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies, non-accrual loans, and classified loans; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in lending policies and procedures; experience, ability, and depth of management; national and local economic trends and conditions; and concentrations of credit.

The following portfolio segments, which are the same as the Corporation's portfolio classifications, and associated risk characteristics have been identified:

— Commercial, industrial, and agricultural – risk characteristics include recession-like economic conditions in many of the markets served by the Corporation and high levels of unemployment, which has caused consumer spending to slow.

— Commercial mortgages – the most significant risk characteristic is the subjectivity involved in real estate valuations for properties located in areas with stagnant or low growth economies.

— Residential real estate – risk characteristics include higher than historical levels of delinquencies and a weakened housing market.

— Consumer – risk characteristics include continuing weakness in industrial employment in many of the markets served by the Corporation and inflation.

— Credit cards – the most significant risk characteristic is the unsecured nature of credit card loans.

— Overdrafts – risk characteristics include the Corporation's continued deposit growth and overall economic conditions which may lead to a greater likelihood of overdrawn deposit accounts.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh ("FHLB"), the Corporation is required to purchase and hold stock in the FHLB to satisfy membership and borrowing requirements. This stock is restricted in that it can only be sold to the FHLB or to another member institution, and all sales of FHLB stock must be at par. As a result of these restrictions, FHLB stock is unlike other investment securities insofar as there is no trading market for FHLB stock and the transfer price is determined by FHLB membership rules and not by market participants.

As of December 31, 2011, the Corporation holds $5,516 of stock in FHLB. In December 2008, the FHLB voluntarily suspended dividend payments on its stock, as well as the repurchase of excess stock from members. The FHLB cited a significant reduction in the level of core earnings resulting from lower short-term interest rates, the increased cost of liquidity, and constrained access to the debt markets at attractive rates and maturities as the main reasons for the decision to suspend dividends and the repurchase of excess capital stock. In 2011, the FHLB began repurchasing a limited amount of excess stock owned by its member banks, and on February 22, 2012, the FHLB declared its first dividend since the third quarter of 2008.

FHLB stock is held as a long-term investment, is valued at its cost basis and is analyzed for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value. The Company evaluates impairment quarterly. The decision of whether impairment exists is a matter of judgment that reflects our view of the FHLB's long-term performance, which includes factors such as the following:

— its operating performance;

— the severity and duration of declines in the fair value of its net assets related to its capital stock amount;

— its commitment to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to its operating performance;

— the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the FHLB, and accordingly, on the members of FHLB; and

— its liquidity and funding position

After evaluating all of these considerations, the Corporation concluded that the par value of its investment in FHLB stock will be recovered. Accordingly, no impairment charge was recorded on these securities in 2011, 2010, or 2009. Our evaluation of the factors described above in future periods could result in the recognition of impairment charges on FHLB stock.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of premises and equipment is computed principally by the straight line method. In general, useful lives range from 3 to 39 years with lives for furniture, fixtures and equipment ranging from 3 to 10 years and lives of buildings and building improvements ranging from 15 to 39 years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over useful lives of the leasehold improvements or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are charged to expense as incurred.

Foreclosed Assets

Assets acquired through or in lieu of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs when acquired, establishing a new cost basis, and are them carried at the lower of cost or fair value. If fair value declines, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs after acquisition are expensed.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

The Corporation has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill resulting from business combinations prior to January 1, 2009 represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill resulting from business combinations after January 1, 2009 represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually. The Corporation has selected December 31 as the date to perform the annual impairment test. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on the Corporation's balance sheet.

Long-term Assets

Premises and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets, and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments

Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Derivatives

Derivative financial instruments are recognized as assets or liabilities at fair value. The Corporation has an interest rate swap agreement, which is used as part of its asset liability management to help manage interest rate risk. The Corporation does not use derivatives for trading purposes.

At the inception of a derivative contract, the Corporation designates the derivative as one of three types based on the purpose of the contract and belief as to its effectiveness as a hedge. These three types are (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment ("fair value hedge"), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability ("cash flow hedge"), or (3) an instrument with no hedging designation ("stand-alone derivative"). For a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item, are recognized in current earnings as fair values change. For a cash flow hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative is reported in other comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. For both types of hedges, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not highly effective in hedging the changes in fair value or expected cash flows of the hedged item are recognized immediately in current earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported currently in earnings, as noninterest income.

Net cash settlements on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on the item being hedged. Net cash settlements on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in noninterest income. Cash flows on hedges are classified in the cash flow statement the same as the cash flows of the items being hedged.

The Corporation formally documents the relationship between derivatives and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and the strategy for undertaking hedge transactions, at the inception of the hedging relationship. This documentation includes linking fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Corporation also formally assesses, both at the hedge's inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative instruments that are used are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. The Corporation discontinues hedge accounting when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative is settled or terminates, a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, a hedged firm commitment is no longer firm, or treatment of the derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate or intended.

When hedge accounting is discontinued, subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded as noninterest income. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value and the existing basis adjustment is amortized or accreted over the remaining life of the asset or liability. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transactions are still expected to occur, gains or losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are amortized into earnings over the same periods which the hedged transactions will affect earnings.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred and amounted to $822, $795, and $620, for 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Servicing rights are recognized separately when they are acquired through sales of loans. Servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded in gains on sales of loans. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, the custodial earnings rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. The Corporation compares the valuation model inputs and results to published industry data in order to validate the model results and assumptions. All classes of servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires servicing rights to be amortized into non-interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans.

Servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to carrying amount. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual grouping, to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount. If the Corporation later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular grouping, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. Changes in valuation allowances are reported with mortgage banking income on the income statement. The fair values of servicing rights are subject to significant fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses.

Servicing fee income, which is reported on the income statement as mortgage banking income, is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal or a fixed amount per loan and are recorded as income when earned. The amortization of mortgage servicing rights is netted against loan servicing fee income. Servicing fees totaled $349, $349, and $321 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Late fees and ancillary fees related to loan servicing are not material.

Common Stock Issuance

On June 18, 2010, the Corporation completed an equity offering, resulting in the issuance of 3,365,853 shares of common stock at $10.25 per share. In total, the Corporation raised proceeds of $32,128, net of issuance costs.

Treasury Stock

The purchase of the Corporation's common stock is recorded at cost. Purchases of the stock are made both in the open market and through negotiated private purchases based on market prices. At the date of subsequent reissue, the treasury stock account is reduced by the cost of such stock on a first-in-first-out basis.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Corporation has a stock incentive plan for key employees and independent directors. The Stock Incentive Plan, which is administered by a committee of the Board of Directors, provides for up to 500,000 shares of common stock in the form of nonqualified options or restricted stock. For key employees, the plan vesting schedule is one-fourth of granted stock-based awards per year beginning one year after the grant date with 100% vested on the fourth anniversary. For independent directors, the vesting schedule is one-third of granted stock-based awards per year beginning one year after the grant date with 100% vested on the third anniversary.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted under this plan, and no stock options were granted during the years then ended.

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Executive Compensation and Personnel Committee of the Board of Directors granted a total of 17,900, 16,500 and 14,159 shares, respectively, of restricted common stock to certain key employees and all independent directors of the Corporation. Compensation expense for the restricted stock awards is recognized over the requisite service period based on the fair value of the shares at the date of grant on a straight-line basis. Unearned restricted stock awards are recorded as a reduction of shareholders' equity until earned. Compensation expense resulting from these restricted stock awards was $213, $205 and $122 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Comprehensive Income

The Corporation presents comprehensive income as part of the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of unrealized holding gains (losses) on the available for sale securities portfolio, changes in the unrecognized actuarial gain and transition obligation related to the Corporation's post retirement benefits plan, and changes in the fair value of the Corporation's interest rate swap.

Income Taxes

The Corporation files a consolidated U.S. income tax return that includes all subsidiaries except County Reinsurance Company which files a separate return. Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is "more likely than not" that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the "more likely than not" test, no tax benefit is recorded.

The Corporation recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Retirement Plans

The Corporation's expense associated with its 401(k) plan is determined under the provisions of the plan document and includes both matching and profit sharing components. Deferred compensation and supplemental retirement plan expenses allocate the benefits over years of service.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the applicable period, excluding outstanding participating securities. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares determined for the basic computation plus the dilutive effect of potential common shares issuable under certain stock compensation plans. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and are included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. The Corporation has determined that its outstanding non-vested stock awards are participating securities.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, the Corporation defines cash and cash equivalents as cash and due from banks, interest bearing deposits with other banks, and Federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, interest bearing time deposits with other banks and borrowings with original maturities of 90 days or less.

Restrictions on Cash

The Bank is required to maintain average reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank or in vault cash. The average amount of these non-interest bearing reserve balances for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $50, which was maintained in vault cash.

Loss Contingencies

Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there are any such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

In December 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-29, "Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations." This update addresses diversity in practice about the interpretation of the pro forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations. The amendments in the update specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The amendments are effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The effect of adopting this new guidance did not have a material effect on the Corporation's financial statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02, "A Creditor's Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring." This update clarifies guidance on a creditor's evaluation of whether it has granted a concession to a borrower and a creditor's evaluation of whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties. The amendments in this update are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. As a result of applying these amendments, an entity may identify receivables that are newly considered impaired. For purposes of measuring impairment of those receivables, an entity should apply the amendments prospectively for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. In addition, an entity should disclose the information required by Accounting Standards Codification paragraphs 310-10-50-33 through 50-34, which was deferred by Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-01, for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The effect of adopting this new guidance did not have a material effect on the Corporation's financial statements.

Effect of Newly Issued But Not Yet Effective Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-4, "Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs." Some amendments in this update clarify the FASB's intent about the application of existing fair value measurement requirements. Other amendments change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are effective during interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The effect of adopting this new guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Corporation's financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-5, "Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income." This update amends the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (Codification) to allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. This update eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The amendments to the Codification in this update do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, and retrospective application is required. The effect of adopting this new guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Corporation's financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-08, "Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Testing Goodwill for Impairment." The amendments in the update permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than fifty percent. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The effect of adopting this new guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Corporation's financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-12, "Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05." This update defers the specific requirement to present items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income separately within their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. As such, the amendments in this update supersede only those paragraphs in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 that pertain to how and where reclassification adjustments are presented. The amendments are effective at the same time as the amendments in Accounting Standards Update 2011-05. The effect of adopting this new guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Corporation's financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for comparative purposes.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks	$ 36,032	$ 24,584
Interest bearing deposits with other banks	3,671	12,848
Total cash and cash equivalents	39,703	37,432
Interest bearing time deposits with other banks	224	2,817
Securities available for sale	638,107	500,677
Trading securities	3,233	2,351
Loans held for sale	1,442	4,451
Loans	852,769	797,009
Less: unearned discount	(2,886)	(2,447)
Less: allowance for loan losses	(12,615)	(10,820)
Net loans	837,268	783,742
FHLB and other equity interests	6,537	6,415
Premises and equipment, net	24,004	24,135
Bank owned life insurance	25,672	19,742
Mortgage servicing rights	906	908
Goodwill	10,821	10,821
Accrued interest receivable and other assets	14,290	20,020
TOTAL ASSETS	1,602,207	1,413,511
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Non-interest bearing deposits	152,732	140,836
Interest bearing deposits	1,201,119	1,022,032
Total deposits	1,353,851	1,162,868
Treasury, tax and loan borrowings	0	1,248
FHLB and other borrowings	74,456	105,259
Subordinated debentures	20,620	20,620
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities	21,391	13,871
Total liabilities	1,470,318	1,303,866
Common stock, $0 par value; authorized 50,000,000 shares; issued 12,599,603 shares	0	0
Additional paid in capital	44,350	44,676
Retained earnings	80,038	73,059
Treasury stock, at cost (222,285 shares for 2011 and 362,342 for 2010)	(3,260)	(5,417)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	10,761	(2,673)
Total shareholders' equity	131,889	109,645
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY	$ 1,602,207	$ 1,413,511

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Changes In Shareholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Additional Paid-In Capital [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Total
Balance at Dec. 31, 2008	$ 12,913	$ 65,890	$ (9,332)	$ (7,004)	$ 62,467
Comprehensive income:
Net income		8,512			8,512
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Net change in unrealized losses on available for sale securities, net of reclassification and taxes				2,063	2,063
Change in actuarial gain, net of amortization and tax effects forpost-employment health care plan, net of tax				(138)	(138)
Change in fair value of interest rate swap agreements designatedas a cash flow hedge, net of tax				204	204
Total other comprehensive income (loss)					2,129
Total comprehensive income					10,641
Restricted stock award grants	(198)		198
Forfeiture of restricted stock award grants	17		(17)
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit	(125)		886		761
Stock based compensation expense	122				122
Reissue of treasury stock	(98)		1,242		1,144
Cash dividends declared ($0.66 per share)		(5,726)			(5,726)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2009	12,631	68,676	(7,023)	(4,875)	69,409
Comprehensive income:
Net income		11,316			11,316
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Net change in unrealized losses on available for sale securities, net of reclassification and taxes				2,554	2,554
Change in actuarial gain, net of amortization and tax effects forpost-employment health care plan, net of tax				(245)	(245)
Change in fair value of interest rate swap agreements designatedas a cash flow hedge, net of tax				(107)	(107)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)					2,202
Total comprehensive income
Common shares issued (3,365,853 shares)	32,128				13,518
Restricted stock award grants	(233)		233		32,128
Forfeiture of restricted stock award grants	20		(20)
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit	(37)		121		84
Stock based compensation expense	205				205
Reissue of treasury stock	(38)		1,272		1,234
Cash dividends declared ($0.66 per share)		(6,933)			(6,933)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	44,676	73,059	(5,417)	(2,673)	109,645
Comprehensive income:
Net income		15,104			15,104
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Net change in unrealized losses on available for sale securities, net of reclassification and taxes			14,441		14,441
Change in actuarial gain, net of amortization and tax effects forpost-employment health care plan, net of tax				(485)	(485)
Change in fair value of interest rate swap agreements designatedas a cash flow hedge, net of tax				(522)	(522)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)					13,434
Total comprehensive income
Restricted stock award grants	(266)		266
Forfeiture of restricted stock award grants	22		(22)
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit	(133)		443		310
Stock based compensation expense	213				213
Reissue of treasury stock	(162)		1,470		1,308
Cash dividends declared ($0.66 per share)		(8,125)			(8,125)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 44,350	$ 80,038	$ (3,260)	$ 10,761	$ 131,889

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Stock-Based Compensation [Abstract]

Stock-Based Compensation

15.  Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Options

A summary of the status of the stock options is presented below:

	Stock Options			Weighted-average Exercise Price
Outstanding at January 1, 2011		146,125		$	14.45
Granted		–			–
Exercised		(28,750	)		9.00
Forfeited		(10,000	)		16.26
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		107,375		$	15.75
Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2011		107,375
Fair value of options granted during 2011		–
Number of authorized stock-based awards available for grant		451,841

Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

Exercise Price	Number		Remaining Contractual Life
$13.30		31,875		1.0 years
17.54		37,500		2.0 years
16.04		38,000		3.0 years
		107,375

The aggregate intrinsic value of all options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $79 and $217, respectively.

Additional information related to the stock option plan follows:

	2011		2010	2009
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$	151	$42	$	363
Cash received from option exercises		259	69		671

As of December 31, 2011, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted under the stock option plan.

Restricted Stock Awards

A summary of changes in nonvested restricted stock awards follows:

	Shares			Weighted-average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011		31,398			$15.10
Granted		17,900			14.88
Vested		(12,197	)		14.87
Forfeited		(1,488	)		14.87
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		35,613			$15.08

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there was $394 and $363, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested shares granted under the restricted stock award plan. The fair value of shares vesting during 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $173, $210 and $101, respectively. Compensation expense for restricted stock awards was $213 in 2011, $205 in 2010, and $122 in 2009.

XML

Capital Requirements And Restrictions On Retained Earnings

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Capital Requirements And Restrictions On Retained Earnings [Abstract]

Capital Requirements And Restrictions On Retained Earnings

17.  Capital Requirements and Restrictions on Retained Earnings

Banks and financial holding companies are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, for the Bank, prompt corrective action (PCA) regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can result in regulatory enforcement actions. Management believes as of December 31, 2011 the Corporation and Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

The PCA regulations provide five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms alone do not represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion; brokered deposits may not be accepted, renewed or rolled over; and capital restoration plans are required. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the PCA regulatory framework. There are no events or conditions since this notification that management believes have changed the Bank's capital category.

Actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented below as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Actual					For Capital Adequacy Purposes					To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
December 31, 2011
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated		$141,310		15.14	%		$74,647		8.0	%		N/A
Bank		$121,673		13.32	%		$73,101		8.0	%		$91,376		10.0	%
Tier 1 (Core) Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated		$129,620		13.89	%		$37,323		4.0	%		N/A
Bank		$110,232		12.06	%		$36,550		4.0	%		$54,826		6.0	%
Tier 1 (Core) Capital to Average Assets
Consolidated		$129,620		8.22	%		$63,083		4.0	%		N/A
Bank		$110,232		7.15	%		$61,684		4.0	%		$77,106		5.0	%
December 31, 2010
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated		$132,101		15.38	%		$68,723		8.0	%		N/A
Bank		$113,451		13.51	%		$67,199		8.0	%		$83,999		10.0	%
Tier 1 (Core) Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated		$121,350		14.13	%		$34,361		4.0	%		N/A
Bank		$103,610		12.33	%		$33,599		4.0	%		$50,399		6.0	%
Tier 1 (Core) Capital to Average Assets
Consolidated		$121,350		8.81	%		$55,066		4.0	%		N/A
Bank		$103,610		7.77	%		$53,358		4.0	%		$66,698		5.0	%

Certain restrictions exist regarding the ability of the Bank to transfer funds to the Corporation in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. At December 31, 2011, $11.6 million of accumulated net earnings of the Bank, included in the consolidated stockholders' equity, was available for distribution to the Corporation as dividends without prior regulatory approval, subject to regulatory capital requirements above.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Changes In Shareholders' Equity (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Consolidated Statements Of Changes In Shareholders' Equity [Abstract]
Net change in unrealized losses on available for sale securities, net of reclassification and taxes	$ 7,772	$ 1,375	$ 1,111
Change in fair value of interest rate swap agreement designated as a cash flow hedge, tax	(280)	(58)	110
Change in actuarial gain, net of amortization and tax effects for post-employment health care plan, tax	$ (261)	$ (132)	$ (74)
Common shares issued		3,365,853
Restricted stock award grants shares	17,900	16,500	14,159
Forfeiture of restricted stock award grants shares	1,488	1,343	1,701
Exercise of stock options shares including tax benefit	28,750	8,206	63,712
Reissue of treasury stock shares	94,895	86,772	89,047
Cash dividends declared per share	$ 0.66	$ 0.66	$ 0.66

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Consolidated Balance Sheets [Abstract]
Common stock, par value	$ 0	$ 0
Common stock, shares authorized	50,000,000	50,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	12,599,603	12,599,603
Treasury stock, shares	222,285	362,342

XML

Borrowings

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Borrowings [Abstract]

Borrowings

10.  Borrowings

Borrowings included $1,248 of demand notes payable to the U.S. Treasury Department at December 31, 2010. There were no such borrowings at December 31, 2011 since these notes are no longer issued under the U.S. Treasury Department's program of investing the treasury tax and loan account balances in interest bearing demand notes insured by depository institutions.

The Corporation has available one $9 million line of credit with an unaffiliated institution, with a floating rate of 30 day LIBOR plus 180 basis points and a floor of 3.50%, which was in effect at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were no borrowings on the line at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

FHLB Borrowings

At December 31, 2011, the Bank had remaining borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $444,128. At December 31, 2011, borrowings with the FHLB are secured by a blanket pledge of selected securities in the amount of $198,287 and certain loans with a balance of $497,563 at December 31, 2011. Borrowings from the FHLB at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

Interest Rate	Maturity		2011		2010
(a)		01/31/11	$	–	$	4,750
(b)		09/17/15		20,000		20,000
(c)		06/01/17		10,000		10,000
(d)		08/07/17		5,000		5,000
(e)		08/07/17		5,000		5,000
(f)		08/07/17		10,000		10,000
(g)		10/10/17		10,000		10,000
(h)		07/07/23		700		700
(i)		09/05/23		2,491		2,591
(j)		06/11/24		578		598
(k)		05/24/26		340		–
(l)		10/14/26		347		–
			$	64,456	$	68,639

(a), (b), (h) – Fixed rate borrowings at interest rates of 0.45%, 2.09%, and 4.72%, respectively.

(c) – Interest rate was fixed at 4.60% until June 2009, since which time FHLB has had the option to convert to floating interest rate based on the 3 month LIBOR + 0.16%. The interest rate was 4.60% at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

(d) – Interest rate was fixed at 4.02% until February 2008, since which time FHLB has had the option to convert to a floating interest rate based on the 3 month LIBOR + 0.11%. The interest rate was 4.02% at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

(e) – Interest rate was fixed at 4.10% until August 2008, since which time FHLB has had the option to convert to a floating interest rate based on the 3 month LIBOR + 0.11%. The interest rate was 4.10% at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

(f) – Interest rate is fixed at 4.47% until August 2010, since which time FHLB has had the option to convert to a floating interest rate based on the 3 month LIBOR + 0.11%. The interest rate was 4.47% at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

(g) – Interest rate was fixed at 3.97% until October 2009, since which time FHLB has had the option to convert to a floating interest rate based on the 3 month LIBOR + 0.10%. The interest rate was 3.97% at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

(i) – Fixed rate borrowing at an interest rate of 4.31%, with monthly principal and interest payments and a balloon payment due at maturity.

(j) – Fixed rate borrowing at an interest rate of 5.24%, with monthly principal and interest payments and a balloon payment due at maturity.

(k) – Fixed rate borrowing at an interest rate of 3.35%, with monthly principal and interest payments.

(l) – Fixed rate borrowing at an interest rate of 4.00%, with monthly principal and interest payments.

The terms of borrowings (a) through (h) are interest only payments with principal due at maturity.

Each advance is payable at its maturity date, with a prepayment penalty for fixed rate advances.

Other Borrowings

At December 31, 2010, the Bank had outstanding borrowings of $18,000 and $8,620 from two unaffiliated institutions under overnight borrowing agreements. The interest rate on these borrowings were 0.25% and 0.50%. The Bank had no overnight borrowings at December 31, 2011.

The Bank entered into a borrowing transaction with an unaffiliated institution in March 2007. The proceeds of this borrowing were $10,000 and, as part of this transaction, the Bank pledged certain securities which had a carrying amount of $14,179 at December 31, 2011. The borrowing has a maturity date of March 20, 2017 and a variable interest rate of 3 month LIBOR minus 1.0% through March 20, 2008, at which time the interest rate became fixed as defined. The borrowing is callable by the issuer at the end of each quarter until maturity. The interest rate was 5.25% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, which will be the interest rate through the term of the borrowing.

Holiday entered into an unsecured line of credit facility with an unaffiliated institution having a maximum borrowing capacity of $15,000. Each separate borrowing under the facility bears interest at a floating rate determined at the time of the borrowing, as defined in the agreement governing the facility. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no borrowings under the agreement.

Subordinated Debentures

In 2007, the Corporation issued two $10,000 floating rate trust preferred securities as part of a pooled offering of such securities. The interest rate on each offering is determined quarterly and floats based on the 3 month LIBOR plus 1.55% and was 2.10% and 1.85% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Corporation issued subordinated debentures to the trusts in exchange for the proceeds of the offerings, which debentures represent the sole assets of the trusts. The subordinated debentures must be redeemed no later than 2037. The Corporation may redeem the debentures, in whole or in part, at face value after June 15, 2012 for the first offering and September 15, 2012 for the second offering. The Corporation has the option to defer interest payments from time to time for a period not to exceed five consecutive years.

Although the trusts are variable interest entities, the Corporation is not the primary beneficiary. As a result, because the trusts are not consolidated with the Corporation, the Corporation does not report the securities issued by the trusts as liabilities. Instead, the Corporation reports as liabilities the subordinated debentures issued by the Corporation and held by the trusts, since the liabilities are not eliminated in consolidation.

Maturity Schedule of All Borrowed Funds

The following is a schedule of maturities of all borrowed funds as of December 31, 2011:

2012	$	162
2013		167
2014		175
2015		20,183
2016		191
Thereafter		74,198
Total borrowed funds	$	95,076

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Mar. 05, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Entity Registrant Name	CNB FINANCIAL CORP/PA
Entity Central Index Key	0000736772
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		12,419,245
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Public Float			$ 160,097,654
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes

XML

Interest Rate Swaps

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Interest Rate Swaps [Abstract]

Interest Rate Swaps

11.  Interest Rate Swaps

On August 1, 2008, the Corporation executed an interest rate swap agreement with a 5 year term and an effective date of September 15, 2008 in order to hedge $10 million of a subordinated note that was issued by the Corporation during 2007 and elected cash flow hedge accounting for the agreement. The Corporation's objective in using this derivative is to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate risk. The interest rate swap involves the receipt of variable-rate amounts in exchange for fixed-rate payments from August 1, 2008 to September 15, 2013 without exchange of the underlying notional amount. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the variable rate on the subordinated debt was LIBOR plus 155 basis points (2.10% and 1.85% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively) and the Corporation was paying 5.84% (4.29% fixed rate plus 155 basis points).

In anticipation of the expiration of the 5 year interest rate swap agreement discussed immediately above, on May 3, 2011, the Corporation executed an interest rate swap agreement with a 5 year term and an effective date of September 15, 2013 which as of that effective date, will hedge $10 million of the subordinated note discussed immediately above. As with the prior interest rate swap agreement, the Corporation's objective in using this derivative is to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate risk. The interest rate swap involves the receipt of variable-rate amounts in exchange for fixed-rate payments from September 15, 2013 to September 15, 2018 without exchange of the underlying notional amount. On the effective date, the variable rate on the subordinated debt will be LIBOR plus 155 basis points and the Corporation will be paying 5.57% (4.02% fixed rate plus 155 basis points).

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, no derivatives were designated as fair value hedges or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. Additionally, the Corporation does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes and currently does not have any derivatives that are not designated as hedges.

The following tables provide information about the amounts and locations of activity related to the interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges within the Corporation's consolidated balance sheet and statement of income as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

As of December 31	Liability Derivative
	Balance Sheet	Fair value
	Location	2011	2010
Interest rate contract	Accrued interest and other liabilities	($1,669)	($867)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011	(a)	(b)		(c)	(d)		(e)
Interest rate contract	($522)	Interest expense –subordinated debentures		($402)	Other income	$	-
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
Interest rate contract	($107)	Interest expense – subordinated debentures		($401)	Other income		–$
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009 Interest rate contract
	$204	Interest expense – subordinated debentures		($335)	Other income		–$

(a) Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Loss on Derivative (Effective Portion), net of tax

(b) Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss into Income (Effective Portion)

(c) Amount of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss into Income (Effective Portion)

(d) Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)

(e) Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)

Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the interest rate swap will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the subordinated debentures. Such amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to interest expense in the next twelve months are expected to be $364.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Income (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME:
Loans including fees	$ 48,324	$ 46,955	$ 45,839
Deposits with banks	110	125	215
Securities:
Taxable	14,285	11,603	7,687
Tax-exempt	2,957	2,435	2,095
Dividends	36	29	34
Total interest and dividend income	65,712	61,147	55,870
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Deposits	13,625	13,558	13,091
Borrowed funds	3,176	4,716	4,527
Subordinated debentures	778	782	850
Total interest expense	17,579	19,056	18,468
NET INTEREST INCOME	48,133	42,091	37,402
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES	4,937	5,158	4,465
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES	43,196	36,933	32,937
NON-INTEREST INCOME:
Wealth and asset management fees	1,691	1,829	1,451
Service charges on deposit accounts	4,233	4,226	4,309
Other service charges and fees	1,626	1,396	1,322
Net realized gains (losses) from sales of securities for which fair value was elected	30	(68)	0
Net unrealized gains on securities for which fair value was elected	34	230	293
Mortgage banking	735	814	1,058
Bank owned life insurance	930	802	720
Other	1,224	1,002	845
Total fees and commissions	10,503	10,231	9,998
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on available-for-sale securities	(398)	(2,241)	(2,443)
Less portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)	0	0	0
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings	(398)	(2,241)	(2,443)
Net realized gains on available-for-sale securities	614	1,660	395
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings and realized gains on available-for-sale securities	216	(581)	(2,048)
Total non-interest income	10,719	9,650	7,950
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES:
Salaries	12,349	11,358	10,403
Employee benefits	4,936	4,328	4,257
Net occupancy expense	4,416	4,326	4,071
Data processing	2,754	2,797	2,488
State and local taxes	1,275	1,162	908
Legal, professional and examination fees	956	849	897
Advertising	822	795	620
FDIC insurance	1,259	1,619	1,747
Intangible asset amortization	0	85	100
Directors fees and benefits	591	437	732
Other	3,924	4,042	3,798
Total non-interest expenses	33,282	31,798	30,021
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES	20,633	14,785	10,866
INCOME TAX EXPENSE	5,529	3,469	2,354
NET INCOME	$ 15,104	$ 11,316	$ 8,512
EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Basic	$ 1.23	$ 1.06	$ 0.98
Diluted	$ 1.23	$ 1.06	$ 0.98

XML

Secondary Market Mortgage Activities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Secondary Market Mortgage Activities [Abstract]

Secondary Market Mortgage Activities

5.  Secondary Market Mortgage Activities

The following summarizes secondary market mortgage activities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011		2010		2009
Loans originated for resale, net of principal pay downs	$	19,927	$	28,706	$	49,717
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale		23,324		22,585		50,507
Net gains on sales of loans held for sale		638		688		931
Loan servicing fees		349		349		321

Total loans serviced for others was $109,006, $106,265, and $105,386 at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The following summarizes activity for capitalized mortgage servicing rights for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of year	$	909		$	876		$	552
Additions		249			256			519
Amortization		(252	)		(223	)		(195	)
Balance, end of year	$	906		$	909		$	876

The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The fair value of mortgage servicing rights was $959, $1,010 , and $1,001 at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. No valuation allowance is deemed necessary at December 31, 2011, 2010, or 2009. The fair value of interest rate lock commitments was not material at December 31, 2011, 2010, or 2009.

XML

Loans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Loans [Abstract]

Loans

4.   Loans

Total net loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:

	2010			2009
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	253,324		$	257,491
Commercial mortgages		242,511			212,878
Residential real estate		298,628			266,604
Consumer		54,677			53,202
Credit cards		3,206			2,870
Overdrafts		423			3,964
Less: unearned discount		(2,886	)		(2,447	)
allowance for loan losses		(12,615	)		(10,820	)
Loans, net	$	837,268		$	783,742

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, net unamortized loan costs and fees of ($7) and ($167), respectively, have been included in the carrying value of loans.

The Corporation's outstanding loans and related unfunded commitments are primarily concentrated within Central and Western Pennsylvania. The Bank attempts to limit concentrations within specific industries by utilizing dollar limitations to single industries or customers, and by entering into participation agreements with third parties. Collateral requirements are established based on management's assessment of the customer.

Transactions in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

	Commercial, Industrial, and Agricultural			Commercial Mortgages			Residential Real Estate			Consumer			Credit Cards			Overdrafts			Total
Allowance for loan losses, January 1, 2011	$	3,517		$	3,511		$	1,916		$	1,561		$	96		$	219		$	10,820
Charge-offs		(1,796	)		(175	)		(217	)		(907	)		(39	)		(222	)		(3,356	)
Recoveries		9			-			13			88			10			94			214
Provision for loan losses		2,781			1,134			279			662			4			77			4,937
Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2011	$	4,511		$	4,470		$	1,991		$	1,404		$	71		$	168		$	12,615

Transactions in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

	2010			2009
Balance, beginning of year	$	9,795		$	8,719
Charge-offs		(4,371	)		(3,611	)
Recoveries		238			222
Net charge-offs		(4,133	)		(3,389	)
Provision for loan losses		5,158			4,465
Balance, end of year	$	10,820		$	9,795

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and is based on the Corporation's impairment method as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

December 31, 2011	Commercial, Industrial,  and Agricultural		Commercial Mortgages		Residential Real Estate		Consumer		Credit Cards		Overdrafts		Total
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	329	$	917	$	19	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	1,265
Collectively evaluated for impairment		4,182		3,325		1,972		1,404		71		168		11,122
Modified in a troubled debt restructuring		-		228		-		-		-		-		228
Total ending allowance balance	$	4,511	$	4,470	$	1,991	$	1,404	$	71	$	168	$	12,615
Loans:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	6,115	$	8,457	$	124	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	14,696
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment		247,209		226,366		298,504		54,677		3,206		423		830,385
Loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring		-		7,688		-		-		-		-		7,688
Total ending loans balance	$	253,324	$	242,511	$	298,628	$	54,677	$	3,206	$	423	$	852,769

December 31, 2010	Commercial, Industrial,  and Agricultural		Commercial Mortgages		Residential Real Estate		Consumer		Credit Cards		Overdrafts		Total
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	142	$	509	$	69	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	720
Collectively evaluated for impairment		3,375		2,759		1,847		1,561		96		219		9,857
Modified in a troubled debt restructuring		-		243		-		-		-		-		243
Total ending allowance balance	$	3,517	$	3,511	$	1,916	$	1,561	$	96	$	219	$	10,820
Loans:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	2,616	$	8,759	$	235	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	11,610
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment		254,875		202,405		266,369		53,202		2,870		3,964		783,685
Loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring		-		1,714		-		-		-		-		1,714
Total ending loans balance	$	257,491	$	212,878	$	266,604	$	53,202	$	2,870	$	3,964	$	797,009

The following tables present information related to loans individually evaluated for impairment by portfolio segment as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

December 31, 2011	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	5,991	$	4,477	$	557
Commercial mortgage		3,062		2,403		917
Residential real estate		187		124		19
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural		9,918		9,326		–
Commercial mortgage		7,813		6,054		–
Residential real estate		–		–		–
Total	$	26,971	$	22,384	$	1,493

December 31, 2010	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	4,755	$	4,330	$	385
Commercial mortgage		11,356		8,759		509
Residential real estate		339		235		69
Total	$	16,450	$	13,324	$	963

The unpaid principal balance of impaired loans includes the Corporation's recorded investment in the loan and amounts that have been charged off. There were no loans evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2010 that had no related allowance recorded.

	Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized		Cash Basis Interest Recognized
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	3,711	$	3	$	3
Commercial mortgage		4,836		19		19
Residential real estate		179		4		4
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural		2,050		–		–
Commercial mortgage		4,631		–		–
Residential real estate		–		–		–
Total	$	15,407	$	26	$	26

	Year ended December 31,
	2010		2009
Average recorded investment in impaired loans	$	12,106	$	10,812
Interest income recognized during impairment		383		116
Cash-basis interest income recognized		383		116

The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual loans and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Nonaccrual		Past Due Over 90 Days Still on Accrual		Nonaccrual		Past Due Over 90 Days Still on Accrual
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	6,949	$	10	$	2,344	$	23
Commercial mortgages		8,359		122		8,276		321
Residential real estate		1,254		157		1,306		386
Consumer		5		125		-		154
Credit cards		–		27		–		5
Total	$	16,567	$	441	$	11,926	$	889

Nonaccrual loans and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 by class of loans. The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest and loan origination fees, net due to their insignificance.

December 31, 2011	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater Than 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Loans Not Past Due		Total
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	239	$	53	$	6,959	$	7,251	$	246,073	$	253,324
Commercial mortgages		1,064		2,620		8,481		12,165		230,346		242,511
Residential real estate		1,816		682		1,411		3,909		294,719		298,628
Consumer		392		185		130		707		53,970		54,677
Credit cards		34		19		27		80		3,126		3,206
Overdrafts		–		–		–		–		423		423
Total	$	3,545	$	3,559	$	17,008	$	24,112	$	828,657	$	852,769

December 31, 2010	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater Than 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Loans Not Past Due		Total
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	225	$	2,512	$	2,367	$	5,104	$	252,387	$	257,491
Commercial mortgages		129		1,184		8,597		9,910		202,968		212,878
Residential real estate		1,629		262		1,692		3,583		263,021		266,604
Consumer		455		145		154		754		52,448		53,202
Credit cards		20		10		5		35		2,835		2,870
Overdrafts		–		–		–		–		3,964		3,964
Total	$	2,458	$	4,113	$	12,815	$	19,386	$	777,623	$	797,009

Troubled Debt Restructurings

The Corporation has allocated $228 and $243 of specific reserves to one commercial mortgage customer whose loan terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The interest rate on the original loan was 6.60%. Due to financial difficulties experienced by the customer, the interest rate was reduced to 4.19% in the third quarter of 2010, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $253 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010. The interest rate on this loan was further reduced to 4.07% in 2011, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $5 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011. This loan had a total recorded investment of $1,662 and $1,714 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Corporation has a commercial mortgage customer whose loan relationships have interest-only terms that were extended during 2011. The original interest rates on the loans, which are also currently the market rates of interest, were not reduced; therefore, no additional provision for loan losses was required to be recorded. These loans have a total recorded investment of $4,588 at December 31, 2011. In addition, the Corporation has a commercial mortgage customer whose loan relationship was restructured due to the forgiveness of accrued interest and late charges. The original interest rate on the loan, which is also currently the market rate of interest, was not reduced; therefore, no additional provision for loan losses was required to be recorded. This loan has a recorded investment of $1,438 at December 31, 2011.

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without a loan modification. This evaluation is performed using the Corporation's internal underwriting policies.

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 90 days contractually past due under the modified terms. All loans modified in troubled debt restructurings are performing in accordance with their modified terms as of December 31, 2011 and no principal balances were forgiven in connection with the loan restructurings. The Corporation has no further loan commitments to customers whose loans are classified as a troubled debt restructuring.

Credit Quality Indicators

The Corporation classifies commercial, industrial, and agricultural loans and commercial mortgage loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt, such as current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Corporation analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis includes loans with an outstanding balance greater than $1 million bi-annually and loans with an outstanding balance of less than $1 million at least annually.

The Corporation uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention: Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the Corporation's credit position at some future date.

Substandard: Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Corporation will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful: Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans not rated as special mention, substandard, or doubtful are considered to be pass rated loans. All loans included in the following tables have been assigned a risk rating within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

December 31, 2011	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	229,572	$	4,176	$	19,576	$	-	$	253,324
Commercial mortgages		225,654		3,172		13,685		-		242,511
Total	$	455,226	$	7,348	$	33,261	$	-	$	495,835

December 31, 2010	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural	$	236,945	$	3,875	$	16,671	$	-	$	257,491
Commercial mortgages		188,457		5,332		19,051		38		212,878
Total	$	425,402	$	9,207	$	35,722	$	38	$	470,369

The Corporation's portfolio of residential real estate and consumer loans maintained within Holiday, a subsidiary that offers small balance unsecured and secured loans, primarily collateralized by automobiles and equipment, to borrowers with higher risk characteristics than are typical in the Bank's consumer loan portfolio, are considered to be subprime loans. The Bank does not have any subprime loans. Holiday's loan portfolio is summarized as follows at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011			2010
Consumer	$	18,176		$	16,532
Residential real estate		1,056			1,149
Less: unearned discount		(2,886	)		(2,447	)
Total	$	16,346		$	15,234

The Corporation considers the performance of the loan portfolio and its impact on the allowance for loan losses. For residential real estate, consumer, and credit card loan classes, the Corporation also evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of the loan, which was previously presented, and by payment activity. The following table presents the recorded investment in residential and consumer loans based on payment activity as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Residential Real Estate		Consumer		Credit Cards		Residential Real Estate		Consumer		Credit Cards
Performing	$	297,217	$	54,547	$	3,179	$	264,912	$	53,048	$	2,865
Non-performing		1,411		130		27		1,692		154		5
Total	$	298,628	$	54,677	$	3,206	$	266,604	$	53,202	$	2,870

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

16.  Related Party Transactions

The Bank has transactions, including loans, with its officers, directors, and their affiliated companies. The aggregate of such loans totaled $1,509 on December 31, 2011 compared to $3,814 at December 31, 2010. During 2011, $966 of new loans were made, $2,630 was removed due to a change in the composition of related parties, and repayments totaled $641.

Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their affiliates were $15,164 and $14,280 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

12.    Income Taxes

The following is a summary of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011		2010		2009
Current – federal	$	4,951	$	1,121	$	4,063
Current – state		137		97		37
Deferred - federal		441		2,251		(1,746	)
Income tax expense	$	5,529	$	3,469	$	2,354

The components of the net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Unrealized loss on securities available for sale	$	-		$	1,057
Allowance for loan losses		4,336			3,787
Deferred compensation		1,542			1,405
Impaired security valuation		495			899
Capital loss carryover		435			532
Post-retirement benefits		826			579
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap		584			303
Deferred loan fees/costs		2			58
Nonaccrual loan interest		455			215
Other		513			346
		9,188			9,181
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale		6,720			-
Premises and equipment		1,561			1,026
Intangibles – section 197		2,837			2,416
Intangibles – mortgage servicing rights		317			318
Other		308			409
		11,743			4,169
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	($	2,555	)	$	5,012

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had a federal capital loss carryforward of $1,243 that will expire in 2015 if not used. The Corporation determined that it was not required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets since management believes that the deferred tax assets are likely to be realized through a carry back to taxable income in prior years, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income, and a tax planning strategy to realize the capital loss carryover included in the deferred tax asset.

The reconciliation of income tax attributable to pre-tax income at the federal statutory tax rates to income tax expense is as follows:

	2011			%			2010			%			2009			%
Tax at statutory rate	$	7,222			35.0		$	5,175			35.0		$	3,803			35.0
Tax exempt income, net		(1,353	)		(6.6	)		(1,281	)		(8.7	)		(1,138	)		(10.5	)
Bank owned life insurance		(325	)		(1.6	)		(281	)		(1.9	)		(252	)		(2.3	)
Other		(15	)		(0.0	)		(144	)		(0.9	)		(59	)		(0.5	)
Income tax expense	$	5,529			26.8		$	3,469			23.5		$	2,354			21.7

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Corporation has no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. The Corporation does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months.

The Corporation recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters as part of income tax expense. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no amounts accrued for interest and/or penalties.

The Corporation and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Corporation's 2006, 2007, and 2008 federal examinations have closed with no material impact to the Corporation's financial position. The Corporation is no longer subject to examination by the taxing authorities for years prior to 2008. Tax years 2008 through 2010 remain open to state examination.

XML

Goodwill

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Goodwill [Abstract]

Goodwill

8.  Goodwill

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

	2011		2010
Balance, beginning of year	$	10,821	$	10,821
Acquired during the year		-		-
Balance, end of year	$	10,821	$	10,821

Impairment exists when a reporting unit's carrying value of goodwill exceeds its fair value, which is determined through a two-step impairment test. Step 1 includes the determination of the carrying value of our single reporting unit, including the existing goodwill and intangible assets, and estimating the fair value of the reporting unit. We determined the fair value of our reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we are required to perform a second step to the impairment test. Our annual impairment analysis at December 31, 2011 and 2010 indicated that the Step 2 analysis was not necessary.

XML

Premises And Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Premises And Equipment [Abstract]

Premises And Equipment

6.  Premises and Equipment

The following summarizes premises and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011		2010
Land	$	4,122	$	4,122
Premises and leasehold improvements		23,993		23,309
Furniture and equipment		17,527		16,626
Construction in progress		104		140
		45,746		44,197
Less: accumulated depreciation		21,742		20,062
Premises and equipment, net	$	24,004	$	24,135

Depreciation on premises and equipment amounted to $1,823 in 2011, $1,726 in 2010, and $1,702 in 2009.

The Corporation is committed under twelve noncancelable operating leases for facilities with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year. The minimum annual rental commitments under these leases at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

2012	$	345
2013		249
2014		229
2015		208
2016		197
Thereafter		1,252
	$	2,480

Rental expense, net of rental income, charged to occupancy expense for 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $349, $368, and $338, respectively.

In December 2009, the Corporation entered into a sale-leaseback transaction for real estate used in the operations of one of its branch office locations. The lease term is seventeen years, with two automatic renewal terms of five years each. The Corporation sold the property for $1,200 but financed the entire sales amount. Because the buyer/lessor did not make an initial investment on the purchase of the real estate that is adequate to transfer the risks and rewards of ownership, the Corporation deferred the entire gain of $489 associated with this transaction, which is included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The gain is being recognized over the term of the loan under the installment method, and the gain recognized was $16 in 2011 and $14 in 2010.

The minimum annual rental commitments under this lease at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

2012	$	112
2013		112
2014		112
2015		112
2016		112
Thereafter		1,117
	$	1,677

XML

Foreclosed Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Foreclosed Assets [Abstract]

Foreclosed Assets

7.  Foreclosed Assets

Foreclosed real estate is reported net of a valuation allowance and included in accrued interest receivable and other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Activity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 is as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of year	$	396		$	252		$	671
Additions		249			453			253
Sales (at carrying value)		(140	)		(309	)		(672	)
Balance, end of year	$	505		$	396		$	252

Expenses related to foreclosed real estate include:

	2011			2010			2009
Net loss (gain) on sale	$	(101	)	$	(117	)	$	(24	)
Operating expenses, net of rental income		24			69			103
	$	(77	)	$	(48	)	$	79

XML

Deposits

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Deposits [Abstract]

Deposits

9.  Deposits

The following table reflects time certificates of deposit accounts included in total deposits and their remaining maturities at December 31, 2011:

Time deposits maturing:
2012	$	92,132
2013		67,189
2014		67,938
2015		12,833
2016		20,441
Thereafter		7,520
	$	268,053

Certificates of deposit of $100 thousand or more totaled $115,572 and $165,626 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

XML

Deferred Compensation Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Deferred Compensation Plans [Abstract]

Deferred Compensation Plans

14.  Deferred Compensation Plans

Deferred compensation plans cover all directors and certain officers. Under the plans, the Corporation pays each participant, or their beneficiary, the amount of fees or compensation deferred plus gains or net of losses over a maximum period of 10 years, beginning with the individual's termination of service. A liability is accrued for the obligation under these plans.

A summary of changes in the deferred compensation plan liability follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of year	$	1,038		$	1,200		$	894
Deferrals, dividends, and changes in fair value recorded as an expense		80			41			370
Deferred compensation payments		(131	)		(203	)		(64	)
Balance, end of year	$	987		$	1,038		$	1,200

XML

Fair Value

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Value [Abstract]

Fair Value

19.  Fair Value

Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy has also been established which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The following three levels of inputs are used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The fair values of most trading securities and securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1 inputs) or matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather relying on the securities' relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs). The fair values of certain residential mortgage-backed securities, one corporate bond, and one bond issued by a government sponsored entity classified as available for sale have been determined by using Level 3 inputs. The Corporation has engaged a valuation expert to price these securities using a proprietary model, which incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the securities, including bid/ask spreads and liquidity and credit premiums.

Trust preferred securities which are issued by financial institutions and insurance companies are priced using Level 3 inputs. The decline in the level of observable inputs and market activity in this class of investments by the measurement date has been significant and resulted in unreliable external pricing. Broker pricing and bid/ask spreads, when available, vary widely, and the once-active market has become comparatively inactive. The Corporation engaged a third party consultant who has developed a model for pricing these securities. Information such as historical and current performance of the underlying collateral, deferral and default rates, collateral coverage ratios, break in yield calculations, cash flow projections, liquidity and credit premiums required by a market participant, and financial trend analysis with respect to the individual issuing financial institutions and insurance companies are utilized in determining individual security valuations. Due to the current market conditions as well as the limited trading activity of these securities, the market value of the securities is highly sensitive to assumption changes and market volatility. The Corporation's derivative instrument is an interest rate swap that is similar to those that trade in liquid markets. As such, significant fair value inputs can generally be verified and do not typically involve significant management judgments (Level 2 inputs).

The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

				Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 Using
Description	Total			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Securities Available For Sale:
U.S. Treasury	$	8,130		$	-	$	8,130		$	-
U.S. Government sponsored entities		107,492			2,000		105,492			-
States and political subdivisions		158,437			4,655		153,782			-
Residential mortgage and asset backed		300,126			8,577		291,549			-
Commercial mortgage and asset backed		2,122			-		2,122			-
Corporate notes and bonds		13,860			-		11,800			2,060
Pooled trust preferred		340			-		-			340
Pooled SBA		46,056			46,056		-			-
Other securities		1,544			1,544		-			-
Total Securities Available For Sale	$	638,107		$	62,832	$	572,875		$	2,400
Trading Securities:
Equity securities – financial services	$	779		$	779	$	-		$	-
Equity securities – industrials		324			324		-			-
International mutual funds		257			257		-			-
Certificates of deposit		255			255		-			-
Money market mutual funds		241			241		-			-
Equity securities – health care		204			204		-			-
Equity securities – utilities		197			197		-			-
Large cap growth mutual funds		145			145		-			-
Equity securities – consumer staples		145			145		-			-
Equity securities – consumer discretionary		126			126		-			-
Large cap value mutual funds		105			105		-			-
Corporate notes and bonds		100			-		100			-
Equity securities – technology		75			75		-			-
Equity securities – energy		72			72		-			-
Real estate investment trust mutual funds		68			68		-			-
U.S. Government sponsored entities		55			-		55			-
Equity securities – materials		37			37		-			-
Small cap mutual funds		25			25		-			-
Mid cap mutual funds		23			23		-			-
Total Trading Securities	$	3,233		$	3,078	$	155		$	-
Liabilities,
Interest rate swaps	$	(1,669	)	$	-	$	(1,669	)	$	-

				Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using
Description	Total			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable0 Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Securities Available For Sale:
U.S. Treasury	$	8,205		$	-	$	8,205		$	-
U.S. Government sponsored entities		105,941			2,000		101,941			2,000
States and political subdivisions		116,411			4,750		111,661			-
Residential mortgage and asset backed		222,419			20,405		199,745			2,269
Corporate notes and bonds		10,751			-		9,511			1,240
Pooled trust preferred		1,292			-		-			1,292
Pooled SBA		33,962			28,489		5,473			-
Other securities		1,696			1,696		-			-
Total Securities Available For Sale	$	500,677		$	57,340	$	436,536		$	6,801
Trading Securities:
Equity securities – financial services	$	523		$	523	$	-		$	-
International mutual funds		430			430		-			-
Large cap value mutual funds		247			247		-			-
Certificates of deposit		208			208		-			-
Equity securities – health care		151			151		-			-
U.S. Government sponsored entities		147			-		147			-
Large cap growth mutual funds		139			139		-			-
Equity securities – energy		119			119		-			-
Equity securities – industrials		98			98		-			-
Corporate notes and bonds		96			-		96			-
Money market mutual funds		75			75		-			-
Equity securities—utilities		61			61		-			-
Small cap mutual funds		29			29		-			-
Mid cap mutual funds		28			28		-			-
Total Trading Securities	$	2,351		$	2,108	$	243		$	-
Liabilities,
Interest rate swap	$	(867	)	$	-	$	(867	)	$	-

The table below presents a reconciliation and income statement classification of gains and losses for all securities available for sale measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Residential mortgage and asset backed			Corporate notes and bonds		U.S. Gov't Sponsored Entities			Pooled trust preferred
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	2,269		$	1,240	$	2,000		$	1,292
Transfers out of Level 3 (a)(b)		(3,988	)		-		(2,000	)		-
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
Included in earnings		-			-		-			(398	)
Included in other comprehensive income		-			820		-			438
Purchases, issuances, sales, and settlements:
Purchases		1,917			-		-			-
Settlements		(198	)		-		-			(992	)
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	-		$	2,060	$	-		$	340

(a) Transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 since observable market data became available to value the security.

(b) The Corporation's policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the beginning of the reporting period.

The table below presents a reconciliation and income statement classification of gains and losses for all securities available for sale measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2010:

	Residential mortgage and asset backed			Corporate notes and bonds		U.S. Gov't Sponsored Entities		Pooled trust preferred
Beginning balance	$	503		$	-	$	-	$	1,909
Transfers into Level 3 (a) (b)		-			1,040		-		-
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
Included in earnings		-			-		-		(2,241	)
Included in other comprehensive income		-			200		-		1,787
Purchases, issuances, sales, and settlements:
Purchases		1,982			-		2,000		-
Sales		-			-		-		-
Settlements		(216	)		-		-		(163	)
Ending balance	$	2,269		$	1,240	$	2,000	$	1,292

(a) Transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 because of lack of observable market data due to decrease in market activity for this security.

(b) The Corporation's policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the beginning of the reporting period.

The unrealized losses reported in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 for Level 3 assets that are still held at December 31, 2011 and 2010 relate to structured pooled trust preferred securities deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

During the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the following available for sale securities reported as Level 1 securities as of the beginning of the year were transferred to the Level 2 category:

	2011		2010
U.S. Government sponsored entities	$	2,000	$	14,598
States and political subdivisions		4,750		3,273
Residential mortgage and asset backed		20,405		5,625
Total	$	27,155	$	23,496

These securities were transferred from the Level 1 category to the Level 2 category since there were no longer quoted prices for identical assets in active markets that the Corporation had the ability to access. The Corporation's policy is to recognize transfers as of the beginning of the reporting period.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, two pooled SBA securities that were classified as Level 2 securities at December 31, 2010 were transferred to the Level 1 category. The fair value on the date of transfer was $3,437. During the year ended December 31, 2010, two pooled SBA securities that were classified as Level 2 securities at December 31, 2009 were transferred to the Level 1 category. The fair value on the date of transfer was $1,985. These securities were transferred since the Corporation was able to access a quoted price for identical assets in an active market.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are as follows at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 Using
Description	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Impaired loans:
Commercial mortgages	$	7,219	$	-	$	-	$	7,219
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural		3,190		-		-		3,190
Residential real estate		105		-		-		105

			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using
Description	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Impaired loans:
Commercial mortgages	$	8,250	$	-	$	-	$	8,250
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural		2,474		-		-		2,474
Residential real estate		166		-		-		166

Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a principal balance of $22,384, with a valuation allowance of $1,493 as of December 31, 2011, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $583 for the year then ended. Impaired loans had a principal balance of $13,324, with a valuation allowance of $963 as of December 31, 2010, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $951 for the year then ended.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest receivable and payable, demand deposits, other borrowings, and variable rate loans, deposits or borrowings that reprice frequently and fully. For fixed rate loans or deposits and for variable rate loans or deposits with infrequent repricing or repricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. Fair value of loans held for sale is based on market quotes. Fair value of debt is based on current rates for similar financing. It is not practical to determine the fair value of Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other equity interests due to restrictions placed on the transferability of these instruments. The fair value of off balance sheet items is based on the current fees or cost that would be charged to enter into or terminate such arrangements. The fair value of off balance sheet items is not material.

While estimates of fair value are based on management's judgment of the most appropriate factors as of the balance sheet date, there is no assurance that the estimated fair values would have been realized if the assets had been disposed of or the liabilities settled at that date, since market values may differ depending on various circumstances. The estimated fair values would also not apply to subsequent dates.

In addition, other assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments, such as premises and equipment, are not included in the disclosures. Also, non-financial assets such as, among other things, the estimated earnings power of core deposits, the earnings potential of trust accounts, the trained workforce, and customer goodwill, which typically are not recognized on the balance sheet may have value but are not included in the fair value disclosures.

The following table presents the carrying amount and fair value of financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Carrying Amount			Fair Value			Carrying Amount			Fair Value
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	39,703		$	39,703		$	37,432		$	37,432
Interest bearing time deposits with other banks		224			229			2,817			2,719
Securities available for sale		638,107			638,107			500,677			500,677
Trading securities		3,233			3,233			2,351			2,351
Loans held for sale		1,442			1,470			4,451			4,518
Net loans		837,268			862,389			783,742			807,972
FHLB and other equity interests		6,537			N/A			6,415			N/A
Accrued interest receivable		6,567			6,567			5,867			5,867
LIABILITIES
Deposits	$	(1,353,851	)	$	(1,357,415	)	$	(1,162,868	)	$	(1,167,071	)
FHLB, Treasury, tax and loan, and other borrowings		(74,456	)		(83,042	)		(106,507	)		(109,963	)
Subordinated debentures		(20,620	)		(10,906	)		(20,620	)		(10,660	)
Interest rate swaps		(1,669	)		(1,669	)		(867	)		(867	)
Accrued interest payable		(1,308	)		(1,308	)		(1,666	)		(1,666	)

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$ 15,104	$ 11,316	$ 8,512
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:
Provision for loan losses	4,937	5,158	4,465
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment	2,075	2,034	1,997
Securities amortization and accretion and deferred loan fees and costs	2,786	1,466	1,240
Deferred taxes	441	2,251	(1,746)
Net impairment losses realized in earnings and gains on sales of available-for-sale securities	(216)	581	2,048
Net realized and unrealized gains on securities for which fair value was elected	(64)	(162)	(293)
Proceeds from sale of securities for which fair value was elected	343	34	0
Purchase of securities for which fair value was elected	(1,266)	0	0
Gain on sale of loans	(638)	(688)	(931)
Net gains on dispositions of premises and equipment and foreclosed assets	(104)	(117)	(24)
Proceeds from sale of loans	23,324	22,585	50,507
Origination of loans held for sale	(19,927)	(28,706)	(49,717)
Increase in bank owned life insurance	(930)	(802)	(720)
Stock-based compensation expense	213	205	122
Contribution of treasury stock	120	26	0
Changes in:
Accrued interest receivable and other assets	(1,342)	(3,661)	(3,385)
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities	5,529	(374)	2,859
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES	30,385	11,146	14,934
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Net decrease in interest bearing time deposits with other banks	2,593	3,571	127
Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of securities	101,178	111,827	89,371
Proceeds from sales of securities	69,740	95,381	107,561
Purchase of securities	(288,757)	(360,837)	(305,099)
Loan origination and payments, net	(58,552)	(80,435)	(45,544)
Purchase of bank owned life insurance	(5,000)	(2,500)	0
Redemption (purchase) of FHLB and other equity interests	(122)	492	(1,092)
Purchase of premises and equipment	(1,705)	(1,992)	(1,479)
Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment and foreclosed assets	257	823	696
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES	(180,368)	(233,670)	(155,459)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Checking, money market and savings accounts	292,369	159,805	162,670
Certificates of deposit	(101,386)	46,205	(20,408)
Proceeds from sale of treasury stock	1,188	1,200	1,144
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, including tax benefit	259	69	761
Proceeds from stock offering, net of issuance costs	0	32,128	0
Cash dividends paid	(8,125)	(6,933)	(5,726)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings	700	20,000	625
Repayments on long-term borrowings	(133)	(46,114)	(4,600)
Net change in short-term borrowings	(32,618)	31,238	(2,839)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES	152,254	237,598	131,627
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS	2,271	15,074	(8,898)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, Beginning	37,432	22,358	31,256
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, Ending	39,703	37,432	22,358
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest	17,937	19,296	18,552
Income taxes	3,991	3,342	2,484
SUPPLEMENTAL NONCASH DISCLOSURES:
Transfers to other real estate owned	249	453	253
Loans transferred from held for sale to held for investment	0	3,321	1,736
Grant of restricted stock awards from treasury stock	$ 266	$ 233	$ 198

XML

Securities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Securities [Abstract]

Securities

3.  Securities

Securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	December 31, 2011								December 31, 2010
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized				Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Unrealized					Fair Value
			Gains		Losses						Gains		Losses
U.S. Treasury		$    8,064		$    $66		$          —		$  8,130		$  8,139		$  66	$	—			$    8,205
U.S. Gov't sponsored entities		102,258		5,249		(15)		107,492		104,328		2,016		(403	)		105,941
State & political subdivisions		149,685		8,844		(92)		158,437		117,928		1,011		(2,528	)		116,411
Residential mortgage & asset backed		292,297		8,043		(214)		300,126		221,304		2,364		(1,249	)		222,419
Commercial mortgage & asset backed		2,077		45		-		2,122		-		-		-			-
Corporate notes & bonds		17,358		50		(3,548)		13,860		14,347		-		(3,596	)		10,751
Pooled trust preferred		800		-		(460)		340		2,190		12		(910	)		1,292
Pooled SBA		44,851		1,282		(77)		46,056		33,788		266		(92	)		33,962
Other securities		1,521		23		-		1,544		1,670		26		-			1,696
Total		$618,911		$23,602		$(4,406)		$638,107		$503,694		$5,761		$(8,778)			$500,677

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no holdings of securities by any one issuer, other than U.S. Government sponsored entities, in an amount greater than 10% of shareholders' equity.

Trading securities accounted for under the fair value option at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	2011		2010
Corporate equity securities	$	1,959	$	952
International mutual funds		257		430
Certificates of deposit		255		208
Money market mutual funds		241		75
Large cap growth mutual funds		145		139
Large cap value mutual funds		105		247
Corporate notes and bonds		100		96
Real estate investment trust mutual funds		68		-
U.S. Government sponsored entities		55		147
Small cap mutual funds		25		29
Mid cap mutual funds		23		28
Total	$	3,233	$	2,351

Securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2011 and 2010, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows:

December 31, 2011	Less than 12 Months					12 Months or More					Total
Description of Securities	Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
U.S. Treasury	$	-	$	-		$	-	$	-		$	-	$	-
U.S. Gov't sponsored entities		7,671		(15	)		-		-			7,671		(15	)
State & political subdivisions		5,314		(92	)		-		-			5,314		(92	)
Residential mortgage & asset backed		36,626		(162	)		9,485		(52	)		46,111		(214	)
Commercial mortgage & asset backed		-		-			-		-			-		-
Corporate notes & bonds		2,860		(139	)		8,841		(3,409	)		11,701		(3,548	)
Pooled trust preferred		-		-			340		(460	)		340		(460	)
Pooled SBA		8,139		(77	)		-		-			8,139		(77	)
Other securities		-		-			-		-			-		-
	$	60,610	$	(485	)	$	18,666	$	(3,921	)	$	79,276	$	(4,406	)
	Less than 12 Months					12 Months or More					Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
December 31, 2010
U.S. Treasury	$	-	$	-		$	-	$	-		$	-	$	-
U.S. Gov't sponsored entities		11,077		(403	)		-		-			11,077		(403	)
State & political subdivisions		61,312		(2,440	)		3,904		(88	)		65,216		(2,528	)
Residential mortgage & asset backed		69,576		(1,228	)		5,770		(21	)		75,346		(1,249	)
Corporate notes & bonds		992		(3	)		9,770		(3,593	)		10,762		(3,596	)
Pooled trust preferred		-		-			288		(910	)		288		(910	)
Pooled SBA		12,147		(92	)		-		-			12,147		(92	)
Other securities		-		-			-		-			-		-
	$	155,104	$	(4,166	)	$	19,732	$	(4,612	)	$	174,836	$	(8,778	)

The Corporation evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis, or more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation.

At December 31, 2011, management evaluated the structured pooled trust preferred securities for other-than-temporary impairment by estimating the cash flows expected to be received from each security within the collateral pool, taking into account future estimated levels of deferrals and defaults by the underlying issuers, and discounting those cash flows at the appropriate accounting yield. Management also assumed that all issuers in deferral will default prior to their next payment date. Trust preferred collateral is deeply subordinated within issuers' capital structures, so large recoveries are unlikely. Accordingly, management assumed 10% recoveries on bank collateral and none on collateral issued by other companies. Due to the ongoing crisis in the U.S. economy, management also added a baseline default rate of 2% annually for the next two years to default projections for specific issuers. This percentage represents the peak, post-war bank default rate that occurred at the height of the savings and loan crisis, which we believe is an accurate proxy for the current environment. Management expects that credit markets will begin to normalize and that banks with the financial strength to survive will default at a .36% average annual rate, which represents Moody's idealized default probability for BBB corporate credits, and is in line with historical bank failure rates. In addition, management expects prepayments to occur at a rate of approximately 5% over a five year period, with the exception of certain large institutions that are expected to call their collateral in 2012 as a result of the elimination of the Tier I capital treatment of trust preferred securities for institutions with greater than $15 billion in assets beginning in 2013.

Using this methodology, five of the Corporation's structured pooled trust preferred securities are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired as disclosed in the table that follows. The Corporation separated the other-than-temporary impairment related to these structured pooled trust preferred securities into (a) the amount of the total impairment related to credit loss, which is recognized in the income statement, and (b) the amount of the total impairment related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The Corporation measured the credit loss component of other-than-temporary impairment based on the difference between the cost basis and the present value of cash flows expected to be collected.

In addition, Standard & Poors downgraded one of Corporation's private label collateralized mortgage obligations from AAA to CCC during the third quarter of 2009 and, as a result, the Corporation evaluated this security for other-than-temporary impairment. The amount of other-than-temporary impairment recognized in income during the year ended December 31, 2009 was $28. Because of the continuing deterioration of fair value, as well as additional information about this security that was published in the fourth quarter of 2009, the security was sold in November 2009, resulting in a realized loss of $572.

The following table provides detailed information related to the Corporation's structured pooled trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	As of December 31, 2011							Credit Losses Realizedin Earnings
	Adjusted Amortized		Unrealized Gain			Fair		Year Ended December 31 ,
	Cost		(Loss)			Value		2011		2010		2009
ALESCO Preferred Funding V, Ltd.	$	800	$	(460	)	$	340	$	-	$	440	$	760
ALESCO Preferred Funding XII, Ltd.		-		-			-		280		933		655
ALESCO Preferred Funding XVII, Ltd.		-		-			-		-		-		1,000
Preferred Term Securities XVI, Ltd.		-		-			-		118		868		-
US Capital Funding VI, Ltd.		-		-			-		-		-		-
Total	$	800	$	(460	)	$	340	$	398	$	2,241	$	2,415

A roll-forward of the other-than-temporary impairment amount related to credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

Balance of credit losses on debt securities for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income, beginning of period	$	3,656
Additional credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized		—
Additional credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized		398
Balance of credit losses on debt securities for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income, end of period	$	4,054

A roll-forward of the other-than-temporary impairment amount related to credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:

Balance of credit losses on debt securities for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income, beginning of period	$	1,415
Additional credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized		868
Additional credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized		1,373
Balance of credit losses on debt securities for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income, end of period	$	3,656

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation held five structured pooled trust preferred securities, primarily from issuers in the financial services industry, which are not currently trading in an active, open market with readily observable prices. As a result, these securities were classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. The fair values of these securities have been calculated using a discounted cash flow model and market liquidity premium. With the current market conditions, the assumptions used to determine the fair value of Level 3 securities have greater subjectivity due to the lack of observable market transactions. The fair values of these securities have declined due to the fact that subsequent offerings of similar securities pay a higher market rate of return. This higher rate of return reflects the increased credit and liquidity risks in the marketplace. Except as described above, based on management's evaluation of the structured pooled trust preferred securities, the present value of the projected cash flows is sufficient for full repayment of the amortized cost of the securities and, therefore, it is believed that the decline in fair value is temporary due to current market conditions. However, without recovery of these securities, other-than-temporary impairments may occur in future periods.

For the securities that comprise corporate notes and bonds and the securities that comprise states and political subdivisions, management monitors publicly available financial information such as filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission in order to evaluate the securities for other-than-temporary impairment. For financial institution issuers, management also monitors information from quarterly "call" report filings that are used to generate Uniform Bank Performance Reports. When reviewing this information, management considers the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer and whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred. Management also considers the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than cost and the intent and ability of the Corporation to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, management concluded that the securities described in the previous paragraph were not other-than-temporarily impaired for the following reasons:

— There is no indication of any significant deterioration of the creditworthiness of the institutions that issued the securities.

— The unrealized losses are predominantly attributable to liquidity disruptions within the credit markets and the generally stressed condition of the financial services industry.

— All contractual interest payments on the securities have been received as scheduled, and no information has come to management's attention through the processes previously described which would lead to a conclusion that future contractual payments will not be received timely.

The Corporation does not intend to sell and it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the securities in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis.

On December 31, 2011 and 2010, securities carried at $264,166 and $127,364, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes as provided by law.

The following is a schedule of the contractual maturity of securities available for sale, excluding equity securities, at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31, 2011
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
1 year or less	$	23,053	$	23,175
1 year – 5 years		81,421		83,503
5 years – 10 years		118,393		126,928
After 10 years		100,149		100,709
		323,016		334,315
Residential mortgage & asset backed securities		292,297		300,126
Commercial mortgage & asset backed securities		2,077		2,122
Total debt securities	$	617,390	$	636,563

Mortgage and asset backed securities are not due at a single date; periodic payments are received based on the payment patterns of the underlying collateral.

Information pertaining to security sales is as follows:

Year ended December 31	Proceeds		Gross Gains		Gross Losses
2011	$	69,740	$	878	$	264
2010		95,381		1,677		17
2009		107,561		2,042		1,647

The tax provision related to these net realized gains was $215, $581, and $138, respectively.

During 2011 and 2010, the Corporation sold securities carried at fair value under the fair value option. Proceeds were $343 in 2011 and $34 in 2010, resulting in net gains (losses) of $30 in 2011 and ($68) in 2010.

XML

Parent Company Only Financial Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Parent Company Only Financial Information [Abstract]

Parent Company Only Financial Information

20.  Parent Company Only Financial Information (Dollars in thousands)

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS	December 31,
	2011		2010
Assets
Cash	$	1,936	$	1,160
Trading securities		175		77
Investment in bank subsidiary		126,242		105,686
Investment in non-bank subsidiaries		26,579		24,855
Deferred tax asset		839		569
Other assets		2,313		2,345
Total assets	$	158,084	$	134,692
Liabilities
Other borrowings	$	2,150	$	1,750
Subordinated debentures		20,620		20,620
Other liabilities		3,425		2,677
Total liabilities		26,195		25,047
Total shareholders' equity		131,889		109,645
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	158,084	$	134,692

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME	Year Ended December 31,
Income	2011			2010			2009
Dividends from:
Bank subsidiary	$	7,600		$	6,665		$	2,808
Non-bank subsidiaries		-			150			5,850
Other		146			165			91
Total income		7,746			6,980			8,749
Expenses		(1,410	)		(1,383	)		(1,373	)
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed netincome of subsidiaries		6,336			5,597			7,376
Income tax benefit		443			426			435
Equity in undistributed net income of bank subsidiary		7,162			4,463			6,008
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of non-bank subsidiaries		1,163			830			(5,307	)
Net income	$	15,104		$	11,316		$	8,512

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by	$	15,104		$	11,316		$	8,512
operating activities:
Equity in undistributed net income of bank subsidiary		(7,162	)		(4,463	)		(6,008	)
Equity in undistributed (net income) loss of non-bank subsidiaries		(1,163	)		(830	)		5,307
Net unrealized (gains) losses on securities for which fair value was elected		2			(12	)		35
Decrease (increase) in other assets		39			(172	)		(79	)
Increase in other liabilities		334			202			1,311
Net cash provided by operating activities		7,154			6,041			9,078
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital transfer to subsidiaries		-			(29,130	)		(3,725	)
Purchase of securities		(100	)		-			-
Net cash used in investing activities		(100	)		(29,130	)		(3,725	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid		(8,125	)		(6,933	)		(5,726	)
Proceeds from sale of treasury stock and option exercises, including tax benefit		1,447			1,269			1,905
Proceeds from stock offering, net of issuance costs		-			32,128			-
Repayment of long-term borrowing		-			(3,500	)		(1,500	)
Net advance from subsidiary		400			250			-
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(6,278	)		23,214			(5,321	)
Net increase in cash		776			125			32
Cash beginning of year		1,160			1,035			1,003
Cash end of year	$	1,936		$	1,160		$	1,035

XML

Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Employee Benefit Plans [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Plans

13.  Employee Benefit Plans

The Corporation sponsors a contributory defined contribution Section 401(k) plan in which substantially all employees participate. The plan permits employees to make pre-tax contributions which are matched by the Corporation at 100% for every 1% contributed up to three percent then 50% for every 1% contributed up to the next four percent in total of the employee's compensation. The Corporation's contributions were $385, $350, and $337 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Profit sharing contributions to this plan, based on current year compensation, are 6 percent of total compensation plus 5.7 percent of the compensation in excess of $107. The Corporation recognized profit sharing expense of $667, $641, and $612 in 2011, 2010, and 2009 respectively.

The Corporation has adopted a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan ("SERP") for certain executives to compensate those executive participants in the Corporation's retirement plan whose benefits are limited by compensation limitations under current tax law. The SERP is considered an unfunded plan for tax and ERISA purposes and all obligations arising under the SERP are payable from the general assets of the Corporation. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, obligations of $3,276 and $2,842, respectively, were included in other liabilities for this plan. Expenses related to this plan were $647 in 2011, $227 in 2010, and $675 in 2009.

The Corporation has established a Survivor Benefit Plan for the benefit of outside directors. The purpose of the plan is to provide life insurance benefits to beneficiaries of the Corporation's directors who at the time of their death are participants in the plan. The plan is considered an unfunded plan for tax and ERISA purposes and all obligations arising under the plan are payable from the general assets of the Corporation. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, obligations of $686 and $580, respectively, were included in other liabilities for this plan. Expenses related to this plan were $106 in 2011, $21 in 2010, and $22 in 2009.

The Corporation has an unfunded post retirement benefits plan which provides certain health care benefits for retired employees who have reached the age of 60 and retired with 30 years of service. Benefits are provided for these retired employees and their qualifying dependents from the age of 60 through the age of 65. The Corporation uses a December 31 measurement date for this plan.

The following table sets forth the change in the benefit obligation of the plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011			2010			2009
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	1,073		$	783		$	456
Interest cost		56			43			26
Service cost		49			34			26
Actual claim expense		(262	)		(167	)		(71	)
Cost of early retirement window		–			–			140
Actuarial (gain)/loss		758			380			206
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	1,674		$	1,073		$	783

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of:

	2011			2010
Net actuarial gain/(loss)	$	(958	)	$	(204	)
Transition obligation		(14	)		(22	)
		(972	)		(226	)
Tax effect		340			79
	$	(632	)	$	(147	)

The accumulated benefit obligation was $1,674 and $1,073 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following table sets forth the components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income:

	2011			2010			2009
Service cost	$	49		$	34		$	26
Interest cost		56			43			26
Cost of early retirement window		-			-			140
Net amortization of transition obligation and actuarial gain		11			3			(6	)
Net periodic benefit cost		116			80			186
Net loss		758			380			206
Amortization of gain		(4	)		4			14
Amortization of transition obligation		(7	)		(7	)		(8	)
Total recognized in other comprehensive income		747			377			212
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income	$	863		$	457		$	398

The estimated net gain and transition obligation that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $33 and $7, respectively.

The weighted average discount rate used to calculate net periodic benefit cost was 5.50% in 2011, 5.75% in 2010, and 5.75% in 2009. The weighted average rate used to calculate accrued benefit obligations was 4.29% in 2011, 5.50% in 2010, and 5.75% in 2009. The health care cost trend rate used to measure the expected costs of benefits is 5.0% for 2012 and thereafter. A one percent increase in the health care trend rates would result in an increase of $206 in the benefit obligation as of December 31, 2011, and would increase the service and interest costs by $30 in future periods. A similar one percent decrease in health care trend rates would result in a decrease of $178 and $24 in the benefit obligation and services and interest costs, respectively, at December 31, 2011.